TW201243501A - Resin composition, manufacturing method of cured object, manufacturing method of resin pattern, cured object and optical member - Google Patents

Resin composition, manufacturing method of cured object, manufacturing method of resin pattern, cured object and optical member Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201243501A
TW201243501A TW101115233A TW101115233A TW201243501A TW 201243501 A TW201243501 A TW 201243501A TW 101115233 A TW101115233 A TW 101115233A TW 101115233 A TW101115233 A TW 101115233A TW 201243501 A TW201243501 A TW 201243501A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
resin composition
resin
acid
component
Prior art date
Application number
TW101115233A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI533090B (en
Inventor
Takeshi Andou
Junichi Fujimori
Shigekazu Suzuki
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2011247513A external-priority patent/JP5566988B2/en
Application filed by Fujifilm Corp filed Critical Fujifilm Corp
Publication of TW201243501A publication Critical patent/TW201243501A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI533090B publication Critical patent/TWI533090B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L101/00Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • C08L101/02Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds characterised by the presence of specified groups, e.g. terminal or pendant functional groups
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/02Diffusing elements; Afocal elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/02Diffusing elements; Afocal elements
    • G02B5/0205Diffusing elements; Afocal elements characterised by the diffusing properties
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/0045Photosensitive materials with organic non-macromolecular light-sensitive compounds not otherwise provided for, e.g. dissolution inhibitors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • G03F7/0392Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified positive photoresist composition
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/00Use of inorganic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/18Oxygen-containing compounds, e.g. metal carbonyls
    • C08K3/20Oxides; Hydroxides
    • C08K3/22Oxides; Hydroxides of metals
    • C08K2003/221Oxides; Hydroxides of metals of rare earth metal

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)

Abstract

The resin composition of disclosure is characterized as including: (compoment A) a polymer including (a-1) a monomer unit having a group liaving due to acid and/or heat and (a-2) a monomer unit having a crosslinking group; (compoment B) particles; and (compoment C) a solvent. Moreover, a cured object of the disclosure is obtained by curing the resin composition, and an optical member of the disclosure is obtained by curing the resin composition.

Description

201243501 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明有關於一種樹脂組成物、硬化物的製造方法、 樹脂圖案製造方法、硬化物及光學部件。 【先前技術】 由於固體攝像元件或液晶顯示裝置的發展,開始廣泛 進行由有機材料(樹脂)而製作微透鏡、光波導、抗反 膜等光學部件。 至於该些光學部件,為了使其成為高折射率而研究了 添加氧化鈦等粒子的方法(參照下述日本專利特 腦-觀5號公報、日本專利特開讓损181號公報、 曰本專利特開200M17U4號公報、曰本專利特 2011-29474號公報及日本專利特開2〇〇3_96彻號公報) 如曰本專利特開2006-98985號公報、日本專利特 2001-154181號公報、日本專利特開綱m17U4號公報汗 日本專利㈣2011-29474號公報及日本專利特門 虎公報中所記载那樣,樹脂組成物中的粒子^ 政穩定性的觀點考慮,可將粒 的刀 受,一制’因此無法以該方法而的量 的始方、面作為折射率足夠高(例如折射率為1 7以上) =====個含她旨(例如日本 201243501 【發明内容j 成物可在於提供—種樹脂組成物,所述樹脂組 成物了獲仔具有尚折射率的硬化物。 而且’本發明的目的在於提供—種光學部件 ^部件疋將所職脂組成物硬麵所得的,具有高折射 率,且機械强度優異。 本發明的上述課題可通過以下的&lt;1&gt;或&lt;16&gt;〜&lt; 中所喊的手段崎決。將其與作為優選的實施形態 的&lt;2&gt;〜&lt;15&gt; 一同記载於以下。 八&lt;1&gt; 一種樹脂組成物,其特徵在於含有:(成分Α) 包含(a-Ι)具有由於酸及/或熱而脫離的基的單體單元與 ㈤)具有交聯性基的單體單元的聚合物;(成分私粒^ 以及(成分C)溶劑。 根據上述&lt; 1 &gt;所述的樹脂組成物,其特徵在. 於:其進一步含有(成分D)光酸產生劑(Ph〇toacid generator) ° /&lt;3&gt;根據上述&lt;}&gt;或&lt;2&gt;所述的樹脂組成物,其 特徵在於:其進一步包含(成分E)熱交聯劑。 八 、&lt;4&gt;根據上述〜&lt;3&gt;中任一項所述的樹脂組 成物,其特徵在於:其進一步包含(成分F)鹼不溶性樹 脂。 . &lt;5&gt;根據上述&lt;4&gt;所述的樹脂組成物,其特徵在 於:成分F是具有交聯性基的鹼不溶性樹脂。 &lt;6&gt;根據上述&lt;5&gt;所述的樹脂組成物,其特徵在 於:成分F具有環氧基作為交聯性基。 201243501 &lt;7&gt;根據上述&lt;4&gt;〜&lt;6&gt;中任一項所述的樹脂組 成物’其特徵在於:成分F是環氧樹脂或丙烯酸類樹脂。 &lt; 8 &gt;根據上述&lt; 1 &gt;〜&lt; 7 &gt;中任一項所述的樹脂組 成物,其特徵在於:所述(a-Ι)具有由於酸及/或熱而脫 離的基的單體單元是(a_l-l)具有幾基或盼性經基被酸分 解性基保護而成的殘基的單體單元。 &lt;9&gt;根據上述〈丨〉〜&lt;8&gt;中任一項所述的樹脂組 ,物,其特徵在於:所述(a-2)具有交聯性基的單體單元 疋(a-2-l)具有環氧基及/或氧雜環丁基的單體單元。 &lt;10&gt;根據上述&lt;1&gt;〜&lt;9&gt;中任一項所述的樹脂 組成物’其特徵在於:成分B是無機粒子。 &lt;:11&gt;根據上述&lt;10&gt;所述的樹脂組成物,其特徵在 於:所述無機粒子是金屬氧化物粒子。 根據上述&lt;ιι&gt;所述的樹脂組成物,其特徵在 於:所述無機粒子是氧化鈦粒子。 &lt;13&gt;根據上述中任一項所述的樹脂 、、且成物,其特徵在於:其是感光性樹脂組成物。 相忐114&gt;根據上述&lt;1:&gt;〜&lt;13&gt;中任一項所述的樹脂 ,其特彳玫在於:其是正型感光性樹脂組成物。 植杰1&gt;15&gt;根據上述^〉〜04^任一項所述的樹脂 、、’勿,其特徵在於:其是光學部件用樹脂組成物。 包人魏化物的製衫法,其舰在於至少依序 G 3步驟(a)〜步驟(c): if 2)塗布步驟’將根據上述&lt; 1 &gt;〜&lt; 15 &gt;中任一項所 述的树脂組成物塗布於基板上; 項所 201243501 劑;(b)溶劑除去步驟,自所塗布的樹脂組成物令除去溶 處理⑷熱處理步驟’對除去了溶劑的樹脂組成物進行熱 包二;造方法,其特徵在於至少依序 劑;(2)溶劑除去步驟,自所塗布的樹脂組成物中除去溶 成除去了嶋樹脂組 組===,利用水性顯影液對進行了曝光的樹脂 處理。…、處理V驟’對進行了顯影的樹脂組成物進行熱 &gt;二:=方==:利用根據上述&lt;16 脂圖案製造方法或者根據上述&lt;17&gt;所述的樹 —種光學料’其概在於:根據上述&lt; 樹脂圖==方法或者根據上述&lt;17&gt;所述的 [發明的效果] &amp;根據本發明,可提供一種樹脂組成物,所 物可獲得具# S折射_硬化物。⑽所相驗成 201243501 邻二t根據本發明’1提供―種光學部件’所述光學 脂組成物硬化而所得的,具有高折射率, 【實施方式】 以下,對本發明的樹脂組成物加以詳細的說明。 另曰外’於本發明中,表示數值範圍的“下限〜上限,,的 Ϊ載‘是表示“下限以上、上限以下,,,“上限〜下限,,的記載 =上限以下、下限以上,,。亦即,表示包含上限及下限 的數值範圍。 而且,於本發明中,以將“(成分A)包含(a-Ι)具有 由於酸或熱而脫離的基的單體單元與(a 2)具有交聯性基 的單體單元的聚合物,,等簡稱為“成分A”等,將“(a_n具 有由於酸或熱而脫離的基的單體單元’,等簡稱為“單體單元 (a-Ι),,等。 另外,於本說明書中的基(原子團)的表述中,未記 載經取代及未經取代的表述包含不具取代基的情況以及具 有取代基的情況。例如,所謂“烷基,,不僅僅包含不具取代 基的烧基(未經取代的烧基),而且還包含具有取代基的烧 基(經取代的烷基)。 (樹脂組成物) 以下’對構成樹脂組成物的各成分加以說明。 本發明的樹脂組成物的特徵在於含有:(成分A)包含 U-1)具有由於酸及/或熱而脫離的基的單體單元與(a_2) 具有交聯性基的單體單元的聚合物、(成分B)粒子及(成 分C)溶劑。 s 8 201243501 本發明的樹脂組成物優選為感光性樹脂組成物。於本 發明的樹脂組成物為感光性樹脂組成物時,優選含有(成 分D)光酸產生劑。 而且’本發明的樹脂組成物優選為具有可由於熱而硬 化的性質的樹脂組成物。進一步而言,本發明的樹脂組成 物特別優選為熱硬化性及感光性樹脂組成物。 本發明的樹脂組成物優選為正型感光性樹脂組成物。 而且’本發明的正型感光性樹脂組成物優選為化學增 幅型的正型感光性樹脂組成物(化學增幅正型感光性樹脂 組成物)。 本發明的樹脂組成物優選並不包含1,2-醌二疊氮化合 物作為感應活性光線的光酸產生劑。1,2_醌二疊氮化合物 雖然會由於逐次型光化學反應而生成羧基,但其量子産率 必定為1以下。 相對於此’本發明中所使用的(成分D)光酸產生劑 感應活性光線而生成的酸對於被保護的酸性基的脫保護起 到催化劑的作用’因此由於丨個光子的作用而生成的酸有 助於多個脫保護反應,量子産率超過1,成為例如1〇的n 次方這樣的較大的值,所謂化學增幅的結果是獲得高感光 度。 另外’本發明的樹脂組成物優選為微透鏡、光波導、 抗反射膜、LED用密封材料及LED用芯片塗布材料等光 學部件或觸控面板中所使用的配線電極的視認性減低用樹 脂組成物’更優選為微透鏡用樹脂組成物。另外,觸控面 板中所使用的配線電極的視認性減低用組成物是可減低觸 β 201243501 控面板中所使用的配線電極的視認性、亦即使配線電極難 以被看到的部件用組成物,例如可列舉IT〇 (氧化銦錫) 電極間的層間絕緣膜等,本發明的樹脂組成物可適宜地用 於該用途中。 推測本發明的樹脂組成物是利用後烘(post_bake)等 使成分A中的由於酸及/或熱而脫離的基脫離,由此可使粒 子於所得的硬化物中所占的比例增加,可獲得通常所難以 達到的南折射的硬化物。 (成分A)包含(a-Ι)具有由於酸及/或熱而脫離的基201243501 SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION Technical Field The present invention relates to a resin composition, a method for producing a cured product, a method for producing a resin pattern, a cured product, and an optical member. [Prior Art] Due to the development of solid-state imaging devices or liquid crystal display devices, optical members such as microlenses, optical waveguides, and anti-reflective films have been widely produced from organic materials (resins). As for the optical members, a method of adding particles such as titanium oxide has been studied in order to achieve a high refractive index (refer to the following Japanese Patent Special Publication No. 5, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 181, and the Japanese Patent JP-A-200M17U4, PCT Patent Publication No. 2011-29474, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. 2006-98985, Japanese Patent Application No. 2001-154181, Japan In the viewpoint of the stability of the particles in the resin composition as described in the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2011-29474 and the Japanese Patent No. 2011-29474, the patent of the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2011-47474 can be used to treat the particles. Therefore, the starting point and the surface of the amount which cannot be used in this method are sufficiently high (for example, the refractive index is 17 or more) =====, including her purpose (for example, Japanese 201243501) Provided is a resin composition obtained by obtaining a cured product having a refractive index. Further, 'the object of the present invention is to provide an optical member which is obtained by hard-facing a fat composition of the present invention. It has a high refractive index and is excellent in mechanical strength. The above-described problems of the present invention can be resolved by the means referred to in the following &lt;1&gt; or &lt;16&gt;~&lt;&lt;&gt;&gt;2&lt;15&gt; is described below. Eight &lt;1&gt; A resin composition comprising: (component Α) containing (a-Ι) having a group desorbed by acid and/or heat a monomer unit and (5) a polymer of a monomer unit having a crosslinkable group; (a component granules and a (component C) solvent. The resin composition according to the above &lt;1&gt;, characterized in that The resin composition according to the above-mentioned <1> or <2>, which further comprises (Component D) a photo-acid generator (Ph〇toacid generator). (Component E) The resin composition according to any one of the above-mentioned <3>, which further comprises (Component F) an alkali-insoluble resin. (5) The resin composition according to the above <4>, wherein the component F is present The resin composition according to the above-mentioned item <5>, wherein the component F has an epoxy group as a crosslinkable group. 201243501 &lt;7&gt; The resin composition according to any one of the above-mentioned items, wherein the component F is an epoxy resin or an acrylic resin. The resin composition according to any one of the above-mentioned items, wherein the (a-Ι) has a detachment due to acid and/or heat. The monomer unit of the group is a monomer unit having a (a-1 - 1) residue having a group or a desired group protected by an acid-decomposable group. The resin group according to any one of the above-mentioned items, wherein the (a-2) monomer unit having a crosslinkable group (a-) is a resin group according to any one of the above-mentioned items (a-2). 2-l) a monomer unit having an epoxy group and/or an oxetanyl group. The resin composition as described in any one of the above-mentioned <1>, wherein the component B is an inorganic particle. The resin composition according to the above <10>, wherein the inorganic particles are metal oxide particles. The resin composition according to the above <1>, characterized in that the inorganic particles are titanium oxide particles. The resin and the composition according to any one of the above aspects, which is a photosensitive resin composition. The resin according to any one of the above-mentioned <1:> to <13> is characterized in that it is a positive photosensitive resin composition. The resin according to any one of the above-mentioned items, wherein the resin is a resin composition for an optical member. The coating method of the packaged Wei compound, the ship is at least in the order of G 3 steps (a) to (c): if 2) the coating step 'will be according to any of the above &lt; 1 &gt; ~ &lt; 15 &gt; The resin composition described in the above paragraph is coated on a substrate; the item 201243501 agent; (b) the solvent removal step, the removal of the resin composition from the applied resin composition (4) heat treatment step 'heat-packing the solvent-removed resin composition Second, the method of manufacture is characterized by at least a sequential agent; (2) a solvent removal step, which is removed from the applied resin composition to remove the oxime resin group ===, and is exposed by an aqueous developer solution. Resin treatment. ..., process V, 'heating the resin composition that has been developed> 2: = square ==: using the tree-type optical material according to the above-described &lt;16 lipid pattern manufacturing method or according to the above &lt;17&gt; The outline is: according to the above &lt;resin map == method or [effect of the invention] according to the above &lt;17&gt;& according to the present invention, a resin composition can be provided, and the material can be obtained with #S refraction _ hardened material. (10) The obtained resin composition of the present invention has a high refractive index, which is obtained by curing the optical grease composition of the invention, and the optical resin composition is cured according to the present invention. [Embodiment] Hereinafter, the resin composition of the present invention will be described in detail. instruction of. In addition, in the present invention, the "lower limit to the upper limit of the numerical range" indicates that "the lower limit is equal to or higher than the upper limit, and the upper limit to the lower limit are included. That is, the numerical range including the upper limit and the lower limit is indicated. Further, in the present invention, the monomer unit having (a component A) containing (a-Ι) having a group desorbed due to acid or heat and (a 2) a polymer of a monomer unit having a crosslinkable group, and the like is simply referred to as "component A" or the like, and "(a_n has a monomer unit which has a group which is desorbed by acid or heat," is simply referred to as "monomer unit" (a-Ι), etc. Further, in the expression of the group (atomic group) in the present specification, the case where the substituted or unsubstituted expression includes a substituent and a substituent is not described. For example, "Alkyl, not only contains an unsubstituted alkyl group (unsubstituted alkyl group), but also contains a substituted alkyl group (substituted alkyl group). (Resin composition) The following 'pair resin' Description of the components of the composition The resin composition of the present invention is characterized in that (Component A) contains U-1) a monomer unit having a group which is desorbed by acid and/or heat, and a monomer unit having a crosslinkable group (a_2) The polymer, (component B) particles, and (component C) solvent. s 8 201243501 The resin composition of the present invention is preferably a photosensitive resin composition. When the resin composition of the present invention is a photosensitive resin composition, it is preferably contained ( Component D) Photoacid generator. Further, the resin composition of the present invention is preferably a resin composition having a property of being harden by heat. Further, the resin composition of the present invention is particularly preferably thermosetting and photosensitive. The resin composition of the present invention is preferably a positive photosensitive resin composition. Further, the positive photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably a chemically amplified positive photosensitive resin composition (chemically amplified positive type) Photosensitive resin composition) The resin composition of the present invention preferably does not contain a 1,2-quinonediazide compound as a photoacid generator for inducing active light. 1,2_醌Napride Although a carboxyl group is formed by a sequential photochemical reaction, the quantum yield thereof must be 1 or less. The acid generated by the (component D) photoacid generator used in the present invention to induce active light is protected. The deprotection of the acidic group acts as a catalyst. Therefore, the acid generated by the action of one photon contributes to a plurality of deprotection reactions, and the quantum yield exceeds 1, which is, for example, a larger n-th power of 1 〇. The value of the chemical amplification is a high sensitivity. The resin composition of the present invention is preferably an optical component such as a microlens, an optical waveguide, an antireflection film, a sealing material for an LED, or a chip coating material for an LED. The resin composition for reducing the visibility of the wiring electrode used in the panel is more preferably a resin composition for a microlens. The composition for reducing the visibility of the wiring electrode used in the touch panel can reduce the touch β 201243501 The visibility of the wiring electrode used in the control panel, and the component composition which is hard to be seen by the wiring electrode, for example, IT〇 (indium tin oxide) The resin composition of the present invention, such as an interlayer insulating film between electrodes, can be suitably used for this purpose. It is presumed that the resin composition of the present invention is obtained by post-bake or the like to remove the group which is desorbed by the acid and/or heat in the component A, whereby the proportion of the particles in the obtained cured product can be increased. Obtain a hardened material of the south refraction that is often difficult to achieve. (Component A) contains (a-Ι) having a group which is detached due to acid and/or heat

的單體單元與(a_2)具有交聯性基的單體單元的聚合物A 本發明的樹脂組成物含有(成分A)包含(a_i)具有 由於酸及/或熱而脫離的基(亦簡稱為“脫離基,,)的單體單 元與(a-2)具有交聯性基的單體單元的聚合物。 而且,自固體攝像元件或液晶顯示裝置的領域中的加 工適s性的觀點考慮,成分A優選為並不具有硫原子的 合物。 成分A優選除了所述單體單元(a_i)及單體單元(a_2) 以外,更含有(a-3)具有鹼可溶性基的單體單元及/或(a_4) 具有芳香環的單體單元。而且,成分A還可以含有除了所 述單體單元(a-Ι)〜單體單元(a_4)以外的單體單元(a_5)。 另外,本發明中的“單體單元,,不僅僅是由丨分子單體 所形成的結構單元,而且還包含通過高分子反應等使由工 分子單體所形成的結構單元改質而成的結構單元。 成分A的重量平均分子量(Mw)優選為3,000以上, 更優選為5,000以上’進一步更優選為10,000以上,而且 201243501 優選為1,000,000以下’更優選為8〇,_以下,進—步更 優選為60,000以下。通過使其為上述範圍,可獲得良好 解析性。 ' 另外’重量平均分子量是利用GPC (凝膠滲透色譜儀) 而/則之的聚本乙浠換算值。優選溶劑使用四氫咬喃 (THF),管柱使用 TSKgel SuperHZ3000 及 TSKgelPolymer A of the monomer unit having a crosslinkable group (a_2) The resin composition of the present invention contains (Component A) containing (a-i) a group having a detachment due to acid and/or heat (also referred to as a a monomer unit having a "crosslinking group" and a polymer unit having a crosslinkable group (a-2). Further, from the viewpoint of processing suitability in the field of a solid-state image sensor or a liquid crystal display device It is preferable that the component A is a compound which does not have a sulfur atom. The component A preferably contains (a-3) a monomer having an alkali-soluble group in addition to the monomer unit (a_i) and the monomer unit (a_2). The unit and/or (a_4) a monomer unit having an aromatic ring. Further, the component A may further contain a monomer unit (a-5) other than the monomer unit (a-Ι) to the monomer unit (a_4). In the present invention, the "monomer unit" is not only a structural unit formed of a ruthenium molecular monomer but also a structure in which a structural unit formed of a monomer molecule is modified by a polymer reaction or the like. unit. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the component A is preferably 3,000 or more, more preferably 5,000 or more, and still more preferably 10,000 or more, and 201243501 is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and more preferably 8 Å or less, more preferably further. It is 60,000 or less. By making it into the above range, good resolution can be obtained. The 'other' weight average molecular weight is a value calculated by GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatograph). Preferably, the solvent uses tetrahydroanion (THF), and the column uses TSKgel SuperHZ3000 and TSKgel.

SuperHZM-M(均為東曹股份有限公司製造)而進行測定。 成分A優選為丙烯酸類聚合物。 本發明中的“丙烯酸類聚合物,,是加成聚合型樹脂,是 包含源自(曱基)丙烯酸或其酯的單體單元的聚合物,還可 以具有源自(曱基)丙烯酸或其酯的單體單元以外的單體單 、例如源自苯乙烯類的單體單元或源自乙烯基化合物的 單體單元等。而且,成分A還可以同時包含源自(甲基)丙 烯酸的單體單元及源自(甲基)丙烯酸酯的單體單元。 另外’在本說明書中,還將“源自(曱基)丙烯酸或其酯 的單體單元”稱為“丙烯酸類單體單元”。而且,(曱基)丙烯 酸是甲基丙烯酸及丙烯酸的總稱。 以下’對單體單元(a-Ι)、單體單元(a_2)等各單體 單元加以說明。 (a-l)具有由於酸及/或熱而脫離的基的單體單元 成分A至少包含(a-Ι)具有由於酸及/或熱而脫離的基 的單體單元。 所述由於酸及/或熱而脫離的基可以是由於酸而脫離的 基、由於熱而脫離的基、由於酸及熱而脫離的基,優選為 至少由於酸而脫離的基,亦即,由於酸而脫離的基或由於 201243501 酸及熱而脫離的基。 至少由於酸而脫離的基例如可列舉被酸分解性基保護 而成的殘基。 自感光度與析像度的觀點考慮,所述單體ψ元( 優選為具有缓基或酸性經基被酸分解性基保護而1的 的單體單元(a-1-l )。 土 成分A優選為於包含單體單元(^丨“)時為鹼不溶 且於所述單體單元巾_分解性基分解時 可溶性的樹脂。 而且,於本發明中,後述的成分F以外的“鹼可溶性” 是指將該化合物(樹脂)的溶液塗布於基板上,於9〇七下 加熱2分鐘而形成的該化合物(樹脂)的塗膜(厚 對於23以G.4 Wt%M錢氧傾水驗的速^為) 〇·〇1 μιη/sec以上,後述的成分F以外的“驗不溶性,,是^將 該化合物(樹脂)的溶液塗布於基板上,於9(rc下加^2 分鐘而形成的該化合物(樹脂)的塗膜(厚度為4μιη)”對 於23 C的0.4 wt%四甲基氫氧化銨水溶液的溶解速度為不 足 0.01 μηι/sec,優選為不足 0.005 gm/sec。 又 [具有羧基或酚性羥基被酸分解性基保護而成的殘基的 單體單元(a-1-l) ] ^ 優選成为A包含具有幾基或酌性經基被酸分解 護而成的殘基的單體單元(a_M)。 土保 &gt;通過使成分A包含單體單元(a_M),可製成感光度極 其咼,樹脂組成物。具有羧基被酸分解性基保護而成的殘 基的單體單元與具有酚性羥基被酸分解性基保護而成的殘 s 12 201243501 ί的f體f元相比,具有縣被酸分解性基保護而成的殘 基的早體早70具有顯影迅逮的特徵。因此,於 影時,優祕錢顧时雜基賴㈣的雌的g 單元。相反,於詩if賴糾,優驗料麵性減 被酸分解性基保護而成的殘基的單體單元。 尸而且,所述酸分解性基特別優選為Μ氧基乙基或四 氫呋喃基,最優選為四氫呋喃基。 一 [具有羧基被酸分解性基保護而成的殘基的單體單元 (a-1-2)] -具有叛基的單體單元- 如具有羧基的單體單元例如可列舉源自如下化合物的單 體單元:不飽和單羧酸、不飽和二羧酸、不飽和三羧酸等 在分子中具有至少1個羧基的不飽和羧酸等。 用以獲得具有羧基的單體單元的不飽和羧酸可使用以 下所列舉者。亦即,不飽和單羧酸例如可列舉丙烯酸、甲 基丙烯酸、丁烯酸、α_氯丙嫦酸、苯基丙烯酸等。而且, 不飽和二羧酸例如可列舉馬來酸、富馬酸、衣康酸以 acid)、擰康酸(citrac〇nic acid)、中康酸(脱挪⑽化扣吨等。 而且,用以獲得具有羧基的單體單元的不飽和多元羧酸還 可以是其酸酐。具體而言可列舉馬來酸酐、衣康酸酐、擰 康酸酐等。而且’不飽和多元羧酸還可以是多元羧酸的單 (2-甲基丙烯醯氧基烷基)酯,例如可列舉丁二酸單(2-丙烯 ,氧基乙基)酯、丁二酸單(2_甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯、鄰 苯二甲酸單(2_丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯、鄰苯二甲酸單(2-甲基 丙稀醯氧基乙基)g旨等。 13 201243501 另外,不飽和多元羧酸還可以是其兩末端二羧基聚合 物的單(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉ω-羧基聚己内酯單丙 烯酸酯、ω-羧基聚己内酯單甲基丙烯酸酯等。 而且,不飽和羧酸還可以使用丙烯酸羧基乙酯、甲 基丙烯酸-2-羧基乙酯、馬來酸單烷基酯、富馬酸單烷基 酯、4-羧基苯乙烯等。 。。其中’自顯影性的觀點考慮,為了形成具有羧基的單 體單元,優選使用丙烯酸、曱基丙烯酸、或不飽和多元羧 酸的酸酐等,更優選使用丙烯酸或甲基丙烯酸。 具有羧基的單體單元可單獨包含丨種,還可以包含2 種以上。 如而且,具有羧基的單體單元還可以是具有羥基的單體 單元與酸酐反應而所得的單體單元。 酸酐可使用公知的酸酐,具體而言可列礬馬來酸SuperHZM-M (all manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) was used for measurement. Component A is preferably an acrylic polymer. The "acrylic polymer" in the present invention is an addition polymerization type resin, and is a polymer containing a monomer unit derived from (mercapto)acrylic acid or an ester thereof, and may also have a (mercapto)acrylic acid derived therefrom. a monomer other than the monomer unit of the ester, for example, a monomer unit derived from a styrene or a monomer unit derived from a vinyl compound, etc. Further, the component A may also contain a single derived from (meth)acrylic acid. The bulk unit and the monomer unit derived from (meth) acrylate. In addition, in the present specification, the "monomer unit derived from (fluorenyl) acrylate or its ester" is also referred to as "acrylic monomer unit". Further, (mercapto)acrylic acid is a general term for methacrylic acid and acrylic acid. Hereinafter, each monomer unit such as a monomer unit (a-fluorene) or a monomer unit (a_2) will be described. The monomer unit A having a heat-desorbed group contains at least (a-Ι) a monomer unit having a group which is desorbed due to acid and/or heat. The group which is desorbed due to acid and/or heat may be a base that is detached due to acid, a base that is detached due to heat, The group which is detached by acid and heat is preferably a group which is detached at least by an acid, that is, a group which is detached by an acid or a group which is detached by an acid and heat of 201243501. A group which is detached at least by an acid is exemplified by an acid. A residue which is protected by a decomposable group. The monomer unit (preferably a monomer unit having a slow group or an acidic group protected by an acid-decomposable group) is preferred from the viewpoints of sensitivity and resolution. (a-1-l) The soil component A is preferably a resin which is insoluble in alkali when the monomer unit is contained and is soluble in the decomposition of the monomer unit-decomposing group. The "alkali-soluble" other than the component F to be described later means a coating film of the compound (resin) formed by applying a solution of the compound (resin) onto a substrate and heating at 9 〇 for 2 minutes (thickness for 23) The solution of the compound (resin) is applied to the substrate at a rate of G·〇1 μιη/sec or more, other than the component F described later, in the case of G.4 Wt%M. Above, the compound (resin) formed by adding 2 minutes at rc The coating film (thickness: 4 μm) has a dissolution rate of less than 0.01 μm/sec for a 0.4 wt% aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide of 23 C, preferably less than 0.005 gm/sec. Further [having a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group by an acid The monomer unit (a-1-l) of the residue which is protected by the decomposable group is preferably a monomer unit (a_M) which contains a residue having a few groups or a disciplinary group which is decomposed by acid decomposition. Soil protection> By including the monomer unit (a_M) in the component A, it is possible to obtain a resin composition having a high sensitivity, a resin composition, a monomer having a residue in which a carboxyl group is protected by an acid-decomposable group, and having a phenolic property. The hydroxy group which is protected by the acid-decomposable group is characterized by the fact that the early body of the residue having the acid-decomposable group is protected by the acid-decomposing group. Therefore, in the case of shadows, the secrets of the money are the g units of the females. On the contrary, in the poem, the monomer unit of the residue which is protected by the acid-decomposable group is improved. Further, the acid-decomposable group is particularly preferably a decyloxyethyl group or a tetrahydrofuranyl group, and most preferably a tetrahydrofuranyl group. A monomer unit (a-1-2) having a residue in which a carboxyl group is protected by an acid-decomposable group] - a monomer unit having a repellent group - for example, a monomer unit having a carboxyl group is exemplified by the following compound Monomer unit: an unsaturated carboxylic acid having at least one carboxyl group in the molecule, such as an unsaturated monocarboxylic acid, an unsaturated dicarboxylic acid, or an unsaturated tricarboxylic acid. The unsaturated carboxylic acid used to obtain a monomer unit having a carboxyl group can be used as exemplified below. Namely, examples of the unsaturated monocarboxylic acid include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, α-chloropropionic acid, phenylacrylic acid and the like. Further, examples of the unsaturated dicarboxylic acid include maleic acid, fumaric acid, itaconic acid (acid), citrac〇nic acid, and mesaconic acid (removal (10) butyl ton, etc. The unsaturated polycarboxylic acid having a monomer unit having a carboxyl group may also be an acid anhydride thereof, and specific examples thereof include maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, tococanic anhydride, etc. Further, the 'unsaturated polycarboxylic acid may also be a polyvalent carboxyl group. The acid mono(2-methylpropenyloxyalkyl) ester may, for example, be succinic acid mono(2-propenyloxyethyl ester) or succinic acid mono(2-methylpropenyloxy group B). Ester), mono(2-propenyloxyethyl) phthalate, mono(2-methylpropenyloxyethyl)g phthalate, etc. 13 201243501 In addition, unsaturated poly The carboxylic acid may be a mono(meth)acrylate of a dicarboxyl polymer at both ends thereof, and examples thereof include ω-carboxypolycaprolactone monoacrylate, ω-carboxypolycaprolactone monomethacrylate, and the like. As the unsaturated carboxylic acid, carboxyethyl acrylate, 2-carboxyethyl methacrylate, monoalkyl maleate, monoalkyl fumarate can also be used. 4-carboxystyrene or the like. Among them, in order to form a monomer unit having a carboxyl group, it is preferable to use an acid anhydride such as acrylic acid, mercaptoacrylic acid or an unsaturated polycarboxylic acid, and more preferably acrylic acid. Or a methacrylic acid. The monomer unit having a carboxyl group may be contained alone or in combination of two or more. For example, the monomer unit having a carboxyl group may be a monomer obtained by reacting a monomer unit having a hydroxyl group with an acid anhydride. The acid anhydride may be a known acid anhydride, specifically, maleic acid.

四氧鄰苯二甲酸酐或琥珀 酸酐;偏苯三曱酸酐、均苯四甲 奸、聯苯四曱酸酐等酸酐。於驾 點考慮,優選為鄰苯二甲酸酐、 酸酐。 所述經基的反應率 更優選為30 mol%〜1〇〇 自顯影性的觀點考慮,酸胡 優選為 10 mol%〜100 m〇i%, 〇 而成的殘基的單體單元 -具有叛基被酸分解性基保護 (a-1-2)- 201243501 /、羧基被酸分解性基保護而成的殘基的單體單元 、a-l-2),’優選為具有如下殘基的單體單元:所述殘基是所 过有缓基的單體單元的羧基被以下所詳細說明的酸分 性基保護而成的殘基。 酸分解性基可使用迄今為止作為KrF用正型抗钱劑、 ArF用正型m射㈣分解性絲公知者,並無特別限 定。於先前^作為酸分解性基,比較容易由於酸而分解的 基已知有四氫吡喃基等縮醛類官能基,比較難以由於酸而 分解的基已知有三級丁基酯基、三級丁基碳酸酯基等三 丁基類官能基,可使用該些基。 — 而且,此種縮醛類官能基或三級丁基類官能基、下述 的縮酮類官能基是也可以由於熱而脫離的官能基。 自感光度與析像度的觀點考慮,優選為具有該些酸分 解性基中的如下基的單體單元:羧基被縮醛保護而成的殘 基、或羧基被縮酮保護而成的殘基。進一步而言,酸分解 性基中更優選的是羧基被下述式所表示的縮醛或 縮酮保護而成的殘基。另外,於為羧基被下述式 所表示的縮醛或縮酮保護而成的殘基時,殘基的整體成為 -C( = Oyo-CR^R^OR3)的結構。 〇Tetraoxyphthalic anhydride or succinic anhydride; anhydrides such as trimellitic anhydride, tetrazoic tetrabenzial, and biphenyl tetraphthalic anhydride. In view of driving, phthalic anhydride and an acid anhydride are preferred. The reaction rate of the radical is more preferably 30 mol% to 1 〇〇 from the viewpoint of self-developability, the acid Hu is preferably 10 mol% to 100 m〇i%, and the monomer unit of the residue formed by the ruthenium has The monomer unit which is protected by an acid-decomposable group (a-1-2)-201243501/, a residue in which a carboxyl group is protected by an acid-decomposable group, or al-2), is preferably a single having the following residue Body unit: The residue is a residue in which the carboxyl group of the monomer unit having a buffer group is protected by an acid-binding group as described in detail below. The acid-decomposable group can be used as a positive type anti-money agent for KrF and a positive type (tetra) decomposable fiber for ArF, and is not particularly limited. In the prior art, as an acid-decomposable group, an acetal functional group such as a tetrahydropyranyl group is known to be easily decomposed by an acid, and a tributyl butyl group is known to be relatively difficult to be decomposed by an acid. A tributyl functional group such as a tertiary butyl carbonate group can be used. Further, such an acetal functional group or a tertiary butyl functional group or a ketal functional group described below is a functional group which can be removed by heat. From the viewpoints of sensitivity and resolution, a monomer unit having the following groups in the acid-decomposable group is preferably a residue in which a carboxyl group is protected by an acetal or a residue in which a carboxyl group is protected by a ketal. base. Further, among the acid-decomposable groups, a residue in which a carboxyl group is protected by an acetal or a ketal represented by the following formula is more preferable. Further, when the carboxyl group is protected by an acetal or a ketal represented by the following formula, the entire residue has a structure of -C(=Oyo-CR^R^OR3). 〇

2 R 3 I 3R CIO (式(al-l)中,R1及R2分別獨立地表示氫原子或烷 15 201243501 基。其中’ R與R2均為氫原子的情況除外。R3表示嫁基。 R1或R2還可以與R3連結而形成環狀醚。而且,波浪線部 分表示與其他結構的鍵結位置。) 在式(aM)中,R1及R2分別獨立地表示氫原子或烷 基,R3表示烷基,所述烧基可以是直鏈狀、支鏈狀、環狀 的任意種。此處’ R1及R2並不雙方均表示氫原子,R1及 R2的至少一方表示烷基。 在式(al-Ι)中,R1、r2&amp; R3表示烷基時,所述烷基 可以是直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀的任意種。 直鏈狀或支键狀的烧基優選碳原子數為1〜12,更優選 碳原子數為1〜6’進一步更優選碳原子數為i〜4。具體而 言可列舉甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、 二級丁基、三級丁基、正戊基、新戊基、正己基、2,3_二 甲基-2-丁基(thexyl)、正庚基、正辛基、2_乙基己基、正 壬基、正癸基等。 環狀烧基優選碳原子數為3〜12,更優選碳原子數為4 〜8,進一步更優選碳原子數為4〜6。環狀烷基例如可列 舉環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基、環辛基、 降冰片基、異冰片基等。 戶^述烷基還可以具有取代基,取代基可例示_素原 子2、芳3基、烷氧基。於具有齒素原子作為取代基時,R1、 R、R成為鹵炫基;於具有芳基作為取代基時,Ri、R2、 r3成為芳烷基。 鹵素原子可例示氣原子、氣原子、溴原子、碘原子, 該些中優選氟原子或氯原子。 201243501 而且,所述芳基優選碳原子數為6〜2〇的芳基,更優 選碳原子數為6〜12的芳基。具體而言可例示苯基、以_甲 基苯基、萘基等。 所述芳烷基優選碳原子數為7〜32的芳烷基,更優選 碳原子數為7〜20的芳烷基。具體而言可例示苄基、α-甲 基苄基、苯乙基、萘基甲基等。 所述烧軋基優選咏原子數為1〜6的燒氧基,更優選破 原子數為1〜4的烷氧基,進一步更優選曱氧基或乙氧基。 而且,於烷基為環烷基時,所述環烷基還可以具有碳 原子數為1〜1〇的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的烷基作為取代基;於 燒基為直鏈狀或支鏈狀的烷基時,還可以具有碳原子數為 3〜12的環烷基作為取代基。 八 ' 該些取代基還可以進一步被上述取代基取代。 在式(al-Ι)中,R1、R2&amp;R3表示芳基時,所述芳基 優選碳原子數為6〜12’更優選碳原子數為6〜1〇。所述芳 基還可以具有取代基,所述取代基可優選例示碳原子數為 1〜6的烷基。芳基可例示苯基、曱笨基、二曱苯基、異丙 笨基、1-萘基等。 而且,R1、R2及R3可相互鍵結而與該些基所鍵結的碳 原子一同形成環。R1與R2、尺1與R3或R2與R3鍵結時的 %,結構例如可列舉環丁基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基、 四氫夫南基、金剛烧基及四氫ϋ比喃基等。其中優選四氫呋 °南基。 原子IV:式(aM)中,優選R1R2的任意一方為氫 17 201243501 的自由基聚合性單體,也可以 的自由基聚合性單體。例如, 化劑的存在下使(曱基)丙烯酸 用以形成具有式(al-i) 由基聚合性單體可使用市售 使用利用公知的方法而合成 可通過如下所示那樣在酸催 與乙烯醚反應而合成。 所表示的殘基的單體單元的自2 R 3 I 3R CIO (In the formula (al-l), R1 and R2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkane 15 201243501 group, except where 'R and R2 are both hydrogen atoms. R3 represents a graft. R1 or R2 may also be bonded to R3 to form a cyclic ether. Moreover, the wavy line portion indicates a bonding position with other structures.) In the formula (aM), R1 and R2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and R3 represents an alkane. Further, the alkyl group may be any of a linear chain, a branched chain, and a cyclic group. Here, neither R1 nor R2 represents a hydrogen atom, and at least one of R1 and R2 represents an alkyl group. In the formula (al-Ι), when R1, r2&amp; R3 represents an alkyl group, the alkyl group may be any of a linear chain, a branched chain or a cyclic group. The linear or branched fatty group preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6' carbon atoms, and still more preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Specific examples thereof include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, secondary butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-pentyl group, neopentyl group, n-hexyl group, and 2, 3_ dimethyl-2-butyl (thexyl), n-heptyl, n-octyl, 2-ethylhexyl, n-decyl, n-decyl, and the like. The cyclic alkyl group preferably has 3 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 4 to 8 carbon atoms, still more preferably 4 to 6 carbon atoms. The cyclic alkyl group may, for example, be a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a cyclooctyl group, a norbornyl group, an isobornyl group or the like. The alkyl group may further have a substituent, and the substituent may be exemplified by a phenyl group, an aryl group, or an alkoxy group. When a dentate atom is used as a substituent, R1, R and R are a halogen group; and when an aryl group is used as a substituent, Ri, R2 and r3 are aralkyl groups. The halogen atom may, for example, be a gas atom, a gas atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, and among these, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom is preferred. Further, the aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 2 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. Specifically, a phenyl group, a phenylphenyl group, a naphthyl group or the like can be exemplified. The aralkyl group is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms. Specifically, a benzyl group, an α-methylbenzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group or the like can be exemplified. The calcination group is preferably an alkoxy group having a ruthenium atom number of 1 to 6, more preferably an alkoxy group having a number of broken atoms of 1 to 4, still more preferably a decyloxy group or an ethoxy group. Further, when the alkyl group is a cycloalkyl group, the cycloalkyl group may further have a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 1 carbon atom as a substituent; the alkyl group is linear or In the case of a branched alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms may be further contained as a substituent. These substituents may be further substituted by the above substituents. In the formula (al-Ι), when R1, R2&amp; R3 represents an aryl group, the aryl group preferably has 6 to 12' carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 1 ring. The aryl group may further have a substituent, and the substituent may preferably be an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The aryl group may, for example, be a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a diphenyl group, an isopropyl group or a 1-naphthyl group. Further, R1, R2 and R3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring together with the carbon atoms to which the groups are bonded. R1 and R2, % of the ruler 1 and R3 or R2 and R3 are bonded, and examples of the structure include a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a tetrahydrofuranyl group, an adamantyl group, and a tetrahydroanthraquinone. More than murray. Among them, tetrahydrofuranyl group is preferred. In the formula (aM), one of R1R2 is preferably a radically polymerizable monomer of hydrogen 17 201243501, or a radically polymerizable monomer. For example, in the presence of a chemical agent, (mercapto)acrylic acid is used to form a compound having the formula (al-i). The polymerizable monomer can be used commercially. It can be synthesized by a known method, and can be synthesized as shown below by a known method. Synthesis by reaction of vinyl ether. Representation of the monomer unit of the residue

R表不氫原子或烧基,優選為氫原子或甲基。 Ή3作為颂Rl2)(R13)而與式(al-i)中的心 義3’R與式(al-l)中的Ri同義,Rl5與式(以)中的 R同義,而且该些基的優選範圍亦相同。 上述合成也可以是使(曱基)丙烯酸與其他單體預先共 聚,其後在酸催化劑的存在下與乙稀醚反應。 具有魏基被酸分解性基保護而成的殘基的單體單元 (a-1-2)的優選的具體例可例示下述的單體單元。另外,R 表示氫原子或甲基。R represents no hydrogen atom or a burnt group, and is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. Ή3 as 颂Rl2)(R13) is synonymous with Ri in the formula (al-i) and Ri in the formula (al-l), Rl5 is synonymous with R in the formula (I), and the radicals The preferred range is also the same. The above synthesis may also be carried out by pre-copolymerizing (mercapto)acrylic acid with other monomers, followed by reaction with ethyl ether in the presence of an acid catalyst. A preferred specific example of the monomer unit (a-1-2) having a residue in which the group is protected by an acid-decomposable group is exemplified by the following monomer unit. Further, R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

s 18 201243501 單元[(ttr)r基㈣分祕聽護__基的單體 -具有酚性羥基的單體單元- 具有酚性羥基的單體單元可列舉 元或祕清漆麵财料料S。乙_單體單 =元中’自透明性、感光度的觀點考慮單 所表不的單體單元。 k選式U1-2)s 18 201243501 Unit [(ttr)r-based (four) sub-sense care __-based monomer - monomer unit having phenolic hydroxyl group - monomer unit having phenolic hydroxyl group can be exemplified by element or secret varnish material S . In the case of B-monomer = single element, the monomer unit represented by the single color is considered from the viewpoint of transparency and sensitivity. k selection U1-2)

(al-2) (式(al-2)中,R表示氫原子或甲基,r21表示單鍵 或一價連結基,R22表示鹵素原子或烷基,a表示i〜5的 整數’ b表示〇〜4的整數’ a + b為5以下。另外,當存在 2個以上R22時,該些R22可相互不同亦可相同。)田 在式(al-2)中’R0表示氫原子或甲基,優選為曱基。 N而且,式(al-2)中的R21表示單鍵或二價連結基。在 R為單鍵時’可使感光度提高,另外可使硬化膜的透明性 提尚,因此優選使用。R2i的二價連結基可例示伸炫基 (alkylene),R21為伸烧基的具體例可列舉亞曱基 (methylene)、伸乙基(ethylene)、伸丙基(pr〇pyiene)、伸異 丙基(isopropylene)、伸正丁基(n-butylene)、伸異丁基 (iso-butylene)、伸三級丁基(tert-butylene)、伸戊基 201243501 (pentyiene)、伸異戊基(1S0_pentylene)、伸新 (ne〇-pentyiene)、伸己基(hexylene)等。其中,Ril 優: 鍵、亞甲基、伸乙基。而且,所述二價連結基還可以呈^ 取代基,取代基可列舉齒素原子、羥基、烷氧基等。八有 而且,式(al-2)中的a表示】〜5的整數, 的效果的觀點或製造容易的方面考慮,優 &amp;月 更優選a為1。 、 驭2, 而且,至於苯環中的經基的鍵結位^,於以與^ 的碳原子為基準(1位)時,優選鍵結於4位。 … 古二(/1_2) MW為㈣原子^原子數為卜5的 直鏈或支鏈狀的烷基。具體而言可列舉氟原子、 溴原子、甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異;、 三級丁基、戊基、異戊基、新戊基等。其中,自容二 的方面考慮,優選為氯原子、溴原子、甲基或乙基易製&amp; 而且,b表示0或1〜4的整數。 土 元-具有紛性經基被酸分解性基保護而成的殘基的單體單 ^有盼性經基被酸分解性基保護而成的殘基的單體 的單體單元’所述殘基是具有嶋基 基被以下所詳細說明的酸分解性基保 酸分解性基可如前述那樣使用公知的酸分 °特別是自感光度或樹脂組成物的保存i定性 二·”·’考慮,優選具有酸分解性基中的如下殘基的單體單 紛!生經基被縮路保護而成的殘基、或者盼性經基被縮 s 20 201243501 酮保護而成的殘基。另外,自感光度的觀點考慮,酸分解 性基中更優選的是酚性羥基被所述式(aM)所表示的縮 醛或縮酮保護而成的殘基。另外,在為酚性羥基被所述式 (al-l)所表示的縮醛或縮酮保護而成的殘基時,殘基的整 體成為-Ar-O-CRWOR3)的結構。另外,Ar表示伸芳基。 保護酚性經基的縮酿酯結構的優選例可例示R1 = R2 = R —甲基或R1=R2=甲基且r3 =苄基的組合。 而且’作為用以形成具有酚性羥基被縮醛或縮酮保護 而成的殘基的單體單元的自由基聚合性單體,例如可列舉 羥基苯乙烯的1-烷氧基烷基保護體、羥基苯乙烯的四氫咣 °南基保護體、α-曱基羥基苯乙烯的1-烧氧基烷基保護體、α_ 甲基-羥基苯乙烯的四氫吡喃基保護體、曱基丙烯酸_4_羥 基苯酯的1_烷氧基烷基保護體、甲基丙烯酸_4_羥基苯酯^ 四氫°比喃基保護體等。 酚性羥基的縮醛保護基及縮酮保護基優選為式 (aM)。該些基可單獨使用或者將2種以上組合使用。^ 早體早元(a-1 -3 )的優選的具體例可例示下述的單體 單元,但本發明並不限定於該些單體單元。另外,下述單 體單元中的R表示氫原子或曱基。(al-2) (In the formula (al-2), R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, r21 represents a single bond or a monovalent linking group, R22 represents a halogen atom or an alkyl group, and a represents an integer of i~5 'b indicates The integer 'a + b of 〇~4 is 5 or less. When two or more R22 are present, the R22 may be different from each other or the same.) In the formula (al-2), 'R0 represents a hydrogen atom or a The group is preferably a fluorenyl group. N Further, R21 in the formula (al-2) represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. When R is a single bond, the sensitivity can be improved, and the transparency of the cured film can be improved. Therefore, it is preferably used. The divalent linking group of R2i may be an alkylene group, and the specific example of R21 being a stretching group may be a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propyl group (pr〇pyiene), or a stretching. Propyl (isopropylene), n-butylene, iso-butylene, tert-butylene, pentyl 201243501 (pentyiene), isoamyl (1S0_pentylene) ), new (ne〇-pentyiene), hexylene and so on. Among them, Ril is excellent: bond, methylene, and ethyl. Further, the divalent linking group may be a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a dentate atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group and the like. In addition, a in the formula (al-2) represents an integer of ~5, and the viewpoint of the effect or the ease of manufacture is preferable, and it is more preferable that a is 1 or not. Further, as for the bond position of the radical in the benzene ring, it is preferably bonded to the 4-position on the basis of the carbon atom of (1 position). ... Gu 2 (/1_2) MW is a linear or branched alkyl group having (a) atomic number and a number of atoms of 5. Specific examples thereof include a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a n-butyl group, and a different group; a tertiary butyl group, a pentyl group, an isopentyl group, a neopentyl group, and the like. Among them, from the viewpoint of self-contained two, it is preferable that a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, a methyl group or an ethyl group is easily produced. Further, b represents an integer of 0 or 1 to 4. Earth element - a monomer having a residue in which a residue is protected by an acid-decomposable group, and a monomer unit of a monomer having a residue which is protected by an acid-decomposable group The residue is an acid-decomposable base acid-decomposable group having an oxime group as described in detail below. A known acid component can be used as described above, in particular, self-sensitivity or preservation of a resin composition. In view of the above, it is preferred that the monomer having the following residue in the acid-decomposable group be a residue in which the mesogenic group is protected by shrinkage or a residue in which the desired trans group is protected by the s 20 201243501 ketone. Further, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, the acid-decomposable group is more preferably a residue in which a phenolic hydroxyl group is protected by an acetal or a ketal represented by the above formula (aM). Further, it is a phenolic hydroxyl group. When the residue obtained by protecting the acetal or ketal represented by the formula (al-1), the entire residue is a structure of -Ar-O-CRWOR3), and Ar represents an extended aryl group. A preferred example of the condensed ester structure of the ketone group can be exemplified by a combination of R1 = R2 = R - methyl or R1 = R2 = methyl and r3 = benzyl. The radical polymerizable monomer which is a monomer unit for forming a residue having a phenolic hydroxyl group protected by an acetal or a ketal may, for example, be a 1-alkoxyalkyl protecting agent of hydroxystyrene. Tetrahydroanthracene hydroxy styrene, alkoxyalkyl protecting agent of α-mercaptohydroxy styrene, tetrahydropyranyl protecting agent of α-methyl hydroxystyrene, methacrylic acid 1-alkoxyalkyl protecting agent of _4-hydroxyphenyl ester, _4-hydroxyphenyl methacrylate, tetrahydrogen quaternary protecting agent, etc. acetal protecting group of phenolic hydroxyl group and ketal protecting group The group (aM) is preferably used alone or in combination of two or more. The preferred specific examples of the early morning (a-1 - 3 ) may exemplify the following monomer units, but the present invention It is not limited to these monomer units. Further, R in the following monomer unit represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorenyl group.

21 20124350121 201243501

叨J±«叨J±«

碍3 Η fOCH2CH ch3 Η 3 (ch2)3-o_ Η o—|—OCH2CH3 ch333 Η fOCH2CH ch3 Η 3 (ch2)3-o_ Η o—|—OCH2CH3 ch3

1-乙氧基乙基或四2 優選為具有緩基或龄性輕基被 作為成分A中^^保,而成的殘基的單體單元。 觀點考慮,相對於成八(a_1)的含量,自感光度的 〜7G_%所有單體單元而言,優選為3 優選為20 _%〜^=。10祕〜Μ ,進-步更 (a-^具有交聯性基的單體單元 成为Α還至少具有 所述交聯性基如果是可有7性基的單體單元。 的基,則並鱗別限定 ^有處,産生硬化反應 的形態可解包含選自由如性基的單體單元 少1種的單體單元: 所構成的群組的至 元、以及具有乙稀性不環丁基的單體單 列舉如下者。 丞的手體早凡。更詳細而言可 自保存穩定性或硬化膜特性的顴點去+ 〇〇 (a-2)優選為具有環氧 ;:f ’早體單兀 (a-2-l)。 义乳雜丨衣丁基的單體單元 &gt; &lt;具有環氧基及/魏雜射基的單體單元(Μ七 £ 22 201243501 優選成分A包含具有環氧基及/或 元(…)。成分A還可以包含具以;丁基的單體單 具有氧雜環τ基的單體單元這兩者單體單元及 單元。硯‘騎慮,優軸分A包含財氧轉了基的單體 制,如果具有環氧環則並無特別限 ϋίΓ水基、3錢氧環已基甲基。 作為具有氧雜環丁基的基,如果具 亚無特別限制,可優選例示(3_乙基氧Κ 則 作為單體單元UU),於i個單丁坑-3_基)甲基。 m 雜基即可,退可以具有1個以上㈣美 雜^ΐ上ίί環丁基、2個以上環氧基、或2個^上^ 基及別岐,優選具有合計1個〜3個環氧 基。》丁基進-步更優選具有丨個環氧基或氧雜環丁 單體作彡成具树氧絲單體單μ自峰聚合性 ίίίΓ 正丁基丙婦酸縮水甘制旨、丙烯酸妙 ί 、甲基丙烯酸训氧丁醋、丙烯酸♦環氧庚 酸日、鄰乙土烯丙^酸其6,7·環氧庚s旨、α•乙基丙棘6义環氧庚 對乙 縮水甘親、間乙烯鲜基财甘油峻、 縮水甘油趟、日本專利第4168443號公報的 〜奴洛0035中所記載的含有脂環族環氧化物骨The 1-ethoxyethyl group or the tetra- 2 is preferably a monomer unit having a retardation group or an age-sensitive light group which is a residue of the component A. From the viewpoint of the content of octagonal (a_1), it is preferable that 3 is preferably 20 _% to ^= for all the monomer units of ~7 G_% of sensitivity. 10 Μ Μ Μ 进 进 进 进 进 进 进 进 进 a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a 单体 单体 单体 单体 单体 单体 单体 单体 单体 单体 单体 单体 单体 单体 单体 单体The size of the scale is limited, and the form which produces the hardening reaction may comprise a monomer unit selected from the group consisting of one monomer unit such as a group: the group of the constituents, and the ethyl bromide group The monomer list is as follows. The hand of the cockroach is as early as possible. In more detail, it can be self-storing stability or the characteristics of the cured film. + 〇〇 (a-2) preferably has an epoxy; Monomeric oxime (a-2-l). Monomer unit of ketone ketone butyl group &lt; monomer unit having epoxy group and /Wei ray group (Μ七£22 201243501 Optimum component A contains Having an epoxy group and/or a member (...). Component A may further comprise a monomer unit and a unit having a monomer unit having a oxo group and an oxoyl group. The preferred axis A contains a monomer having a hydroxyl group-transferred group. If it has an epoxy ring, there is no particular limitation to the water-based, 3-hydroxycyclohexylmethyl group. The base may be preferably exemplified (3-ethyloxanium as a monomer unit UU) in the i-butan-3-yl) methyl group. The m-hetero group may be One or more (four) mer ΐ ί ί ί ί 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 ί ί ί ί ί ί ί ί ί ί 步 步 步 步 步More preferably, it has an epoxy group or an oxetane monomer as a single oxygen peak of the oxidized monomer. ίίίΓ n-butyl propyl acrylate condensate, acrylic acid, methacrylic Oxygen butyl vinegar, acrylic acid ♦ epoxidized heptanoic acid, o-ethene acrylic acid, 6,7·epoxy heptane, α•ethylpropane, 6-epoxy epoxide, condensed water, sweet, fresh An alicyclic epoxide containing alicyclic octoxide as described in Japanese Patent No. 4168443

S 23 201243501 架的化合物等。 號公報的段落_〜广日本專利特開200卜330953 基的(f基)丙烯酸酿等〇〇10中所記载的具有氧雜環丁 作為用以形成單體覃 的例子,優選為含:^%自由絲合性單體 酸酿結構的單體。 丙稀酸酯結構的單體、含有丙烯 =鲜财,更優選的單體 甘油酿、丙烯酸縮水甘油 私水 的段落_〜段落003曰曰2J 4168443號公報 骨架的化合物及日本專利環族環氧化物 嶋〜段落嶋中3^1=330953號公報的段落 酸酯。 °载的具有氧雜環丁基的(甲基)丙婦 自耐熱透明性的觀點考慮 乙基氧雜環丁烧’3她、及甲 ^礼雜環丁烷_3_基)甲酯的任意者的單體單元。 上^^用體單元(_可單獨使用1種或者將2種以 單元單體單元(…)的優選的具體例可齡下逃的單體 24 201243501S 23 201243501 Compounds, etc. The exemplified _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ^% free silky monomeric acid succulent structure monomer. Monomer of acrylate structure, propylene = fresh money, more preferred monomer glycerin brewing, acrylic glycidol private water paragraph _ ~ paragraph 003 曰曰 2J 4168443 bulletin compound and Japanese patent ring epoxy The paragraph ester of the publication No. 3^1=330953. Of the (meth) propyl group having an oxetanyl group, the ethyl oxetane's '3 her, and the methyl sulfonate _3_ yl) methyl ester are considered from the viewpoint of heat-resistant transparency. Monomer unit of any. The above-mentioned body unit (_ can be used alone or in two preferred units of the unit cell unit (...) to escape the monomer 24 201243501

〈具有乙烯性不飽和基的單體單元(a-2-2) &gt; 作為具有交聯性基的單體單元(a-2)的1種,可列舉 具有乙烯性不飽和基的單體單元(a-2-2)。 所述具有乙烯性不飽和基的單體單元(a-2-2)優選於 側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和基的單體單元,更優選於末端具有 乙烯性不飽和基且具有碳數為3〜16的侧鏈的單體單元, 進一步更優選式(a2-2-2)所表示的具有側鏈的單體單元。 [R2 /八/<Monomer unit (a-2-2) having an ethylenically unsaturated group> As one type of the monomer unit (a-2) having a crosslinkable group, a monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated group is exemplified. Unit (a-2-2). The monomer unit (a-2-2) having an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferably a monomer unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in a side chain, more preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group at the terminal group and having a carbon number of 3 The monomer unit of the side chain of ~16 is more preferably a monomer unit having a side chain represented by the formula (a2-2-2). [R2 / eight /

Cf^O-R1 R3 (a2 - 2 - 2 ) (式(a2-2-2)中,R1表示碳數為1〜13的二價連結基, R2及R3分別獨立地表示氫原子或甲基。) R1為碳數為1〜13的二價連結基即可,優選包含烯基、 環稀基、伸芳基(arylene)或該些基組合而成的基,而且還 可以包含酯鍵、醚鍵、醯胺鍵、胺基甲酸酯鍵等鍵。而且,Cf^O-R1 R3 (a2 - 2 - 2 ) (In the formula (a2-2-2), R1 represents a divalent linking group having a carbon number of 1 to 13, and R2 and R3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R1 may be a divalent linking group having a carbon number of 1 to 13, and preferably contains an alkenyl group, a cycloaliphatic group, an arylene group or a group in which the groups are combined, and may further contain an ester bond, A bond such as an ether bond, a guanamine bond or a urethane bond. and,

S 25 201243501 一 4貝連結基還可以在任咅位晉JL古 ^ A yV Λ ^ /&quot;、置八有羚基、羧基等取代基。 作為成刀Α中的皁體單元(a_2)的 A的所有軍,置里相對於成刀 幻ο Γ體 優選為_%〜60m〇1%,更優選 為〇 mol/^〜55 mol%,特別優選為?n 诵禍η卜、+、L ,人 寸乃以、為20瓜〇1%〜50 mol% 〇 性變良好。 早兀U'2),可使硬化膜的物 (a-3)具有鹼可溶性基的單體單元 優選成分A包含具有鹼可溶性基 =驗^:基的單體單元㈣具有驗 (顯^ 使成分A於顯科溶解於驗性溶液 此包含單體單元U_3)的成分A可容易 地由於顯影液而顯影。Μ,含紐可祕基的單體可以 使用交聯躺交聯或者通過與成分Α分子⑽具有的 環氧基或氧雜環丁烧基(例如源自所述單體單元(a_n) 的基等)的反應而硬化,從而對所得的硬化物賦予硬度。 』具有鹼可溶性基的單體單元(a_3)中的鹼可溶性基是 在抗餘劑領域中所通常使用的基即可,例如可列舉缓基、 酚性羥基等。具有鹼可溶性基的單體單元(a-3)的代表性 例子可列舉源自不飽和幾酸或其酸針、經基苯乙稀或其衍 生物的單體單元等,但並不限定於該些單體單元。 單體單元(a-3)可適宜使用所述具有羧基的單體單元 或具有紛性經基的單體單元。該些單體單元中特別優選源 自不飽和羧酸或其酸酐的單體單元。 不飽和羧酸或其酸酐例如可例示丙烯酸、甲基丙烯 酸、衣康酸、丁烯酸、馬來酸、富馬酸等α,Ρ_不飽和羧酸S 25 201243501 A 4 shell linker can also be used in the position of JL Gu J A yV Λ ^ /&quot;, set the octagonal base, carboxyl group and other substituents. As all of the arms of the soap unit (a_2) in the squeegee, it is preferably _% to 60 m 〇 1%, more preferably 〇 mol / ^ 〜 55 mol%, relative to the scorpion. Particularly preferred? n 诵 η 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、兀U'2), the monomer unit capable of causing the hardened film (a-3) to have an alkali-soluble group, preferably component A contains a monomer unit having an alkali-soluble group = test group (4) having an inspection (display) The component A is dissolved in the test solution, and the component A containing the monomer unit U_3) can be easily developed by the developer. The oxime-containing monomer may be crosslinked or crosslinked with an epoxy group or an oxetan group (for example, derived from the monomer unit (a_n)) of the component oxime molecule (10). The reaction is hardened to impart hardness to the obtained cured product. The alkali-soluble group in the monomer unit (a-3) having an alkali-soluble group may be a group generally used in the field of the anti-residue agent, and examples thereof include a buffer group and a phenolic hydroxyl group. Representative examples of the monomer unit (a-3) having an alkali-soluble group include, but are not limited to, a monomer unit derived from an unsaturated acid or an acid needle thereof, or a phenylethylidene or a derivative thereof. These monomer units. The monomer unit (a-3) may suitably use the monomer unit having a carboxyl group or a monomer unit having a heterocyclic group. Among these monomer units, monomer units derived from an unsaturated carboxylic acid or an anhydride thereof are particularly preferred. The unsaturated carboxylic acid or its anhydride may, for example, be an α, Ρ-unsaturated carboxylic acid such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, maleic acid or fumaric acid.

S 26 201243501 ίϊ:(甲酸衣;:等)。該些化合物中特別優 可單獨烟或者將2 基的單體單元㈤) (a-4)具有芳香環的單體單元 自折射率的觀點考慮,優 單體單元(“)作為所述單&quot;成:广3;、有方曰%的 以外的單體單元。 體早Ma·1)〜單體單元㈤) 形成所述單體單元U-4)的單體 具有芳香環的(曱基)丙烯酸酯類等。 例如可列舉苯乙烯類、 單r列舉源自苯乙_單元。 、…成^ A還可以在顿礙本發_絲的朗内包含所 述單體單元㈤)〜單體單元(a_4)以外的單料元(a_5)。 用以形成單體單元(a_5)的自由基聚合性單體例如可 列舉日本專利特開2〇〇4_264623號公報的段落〇〇21〜段落 0024中所記載的化合物(其中,形成前述的單體單元(a-l) 〜單體單元(a-4)的單體除外)。 而且’還可以列舉以下所記載的化合物等。 含有聚環氧烧鏈的(曱基)丙稀酸酯單體例如可列舉:環 氧乙烷改質甲酚丙烯酸酯(商品名為AronixTO-901)、環 氧乙院改質十二烷基丙烯酸酯(商品名為Aronix TO-950)、環氧乙烷改質十三烷基丙烯酸酯(商品名為 Aronix TO-951)、2-乙基己基聚乙二醇丙烯酸酯(商品名 為Aronix ΤΟ-946)、2-乙基己基聚乙二醇丙婦酸酯(商品 名為Aronix TO-947)、2-乙基己基聚乙二醇丙稀酸酯(商S 26 201243501 ϊ: (formic acid coat;: etc.). Among these compounds, it is particularly preferable to use a single unit or a monomer unit having a 2 ring group (5)) (a-4) having an aromatic ring from the viewpoint of refractive index, and a monomer unit (") as the single " ; monomer: broad 3;, monomeric units other than 曰%. 体早Ma·1)~ monomer unit (5)) The monomer forming the monomer unit U-4) has an aromatic ring (fluorenyl group) Acrylates and the like. For example, styrenes may be mentioned, and a single r is derived from a phenylethyl group. The composition may also include the monomer unit (5) in the case of the present invention. The unit cell (a_5) other than the unit cell (a_4). The radical polymerizable monomer for forming the monomer unit (a-5), for example, paragraph 〇〇21 to paragraph of JP-A-2-26463 The compound described in 0024 (excluding the monomer in which the monomer unit (al) to the monomer unit (a-4) described above is formed). Further, the compound described below may be mentioned. Examples of the (mercapto) acrylate monomer of the chain include: ethylene oxide modified cresol acrylate (trade name) AronixTO-901), epoxy epoxide modified dodecyl acrylate (trade name Aronix TO-950), ethylene oxide modified tridecyl acrylate (trade name Aronix TO-951), 2 -ethylhexyl polyethylene glycol acrylate (trade name Aronix ΤΟ-946), 2-ethylhexyl polyethylene glycol propanate (trade name Aronix TO-947), 2-ethylhexyl polyethyl Glycol acrylate

C 27 201243501 品名為Aronix ΤΟ-948)、2-乙基己基聚乙二醇丙烯酸酯(商 品名為AronixTO-949)、以上由東亞合成股份有限公司製 造; 乙氧基-二乙二醇丙烯酸酯(商品名為Light acrylate EC-A)、甲氧基-三乙二醇丙稀酸醋(商品名為Light acrylate MTG-A)、曱氧基-聚乙二醇丙烯酸酯(商品名為Light acrylate 130A)、苯氧基-聚乙二醇丙烯酸酯(商品名為Light acrylate P-200A)、壬基苯基-聚氧乙烯鏈加成物丙烯酸酯 (商品名為Light acrylate NP_4EA)、壬基苯基-聚氧乙烯鍵 加成物丙烯酸酯(商品名為Light acrylate NP-8EA )、以上 由共榮社化學股份有限公司製造; 聚乙二醇丙烯酸酯(商品名為BlemmerAE-350)、聚乙 二醇曱基丙烯酸g旨(商品名為Blemmer PE-90 )、聚乙二醇 曱基丙烯酸酯(商品名為Blemmer PE-200 )、聚乙二醇甲 基丙烯酸酯(商品名為Blemmer PE-350)、甲氧基聚乙二 醇單丙烯酸酯(商品名為Blemmer AME-400)、甲氧基聚 乙二醇甲基丙烯酸酯(商品名為Blemmer PME-100)、甲 氧基聚乙二醇甲基丙烯酸S旨(商品名為Blemmer PME-200 )、甲氧基聚乙二醇甲基丙烯酸酯(商品名為 Blemmer PME-400)、聚丙二醇曱基丙烯酸酯(商品名為 Blemmer ΡΡ·5〇0 )、聚丙二醇曱基丙稀酸酯(商品名為 BlemmerPP-800)、聚乙二醇聚丙二醇甲基丙烯酸酯(商品 名為Blemmer 70PEP-370B)、聚乙二醇聚丁二醇甲基丙烯 酸酯(商品名為Blemmer50PET-800)、辛氧基聚乙二醇聚 丙二醇單甲基丙婦酸酯(商品名為Blemmer 28 201243501 50POEP-800B )、辛氧基聚乙二醇聚内— (商品名為Blemmer 50AOEP-800B)、早甲基丙歸酉欠酉曰 有限公司製造; 彳4日本油脂股份 ^ NK Est- NK Ester M-90G)、苯氧基二乙二醇说酉^曰(商口口名為 =:—)、以上由新中村 其中優選(曱基)丙烯酸-2-經基乙嗤 戊基醋。齡A可單獨包含1鮮體7基)丙烯U衣 含2種以上單體單元(a_5)。 l U_5) ’亦可包 作為成分A中的單體單元(a_1)的 A的所有單體單元而錢選為 而且,於成分A包含單體單元U5)時,成分A中的 的含量相對於成分A的所有單體單元而言 優選為1 mol%〜40 mol%,更優選為5 _%〜3〇 _%, 特別優選為5 mol%〜25 mol%。 而且,導入成分A所包含的各單體單元的方法可以是 聚合法’也可以是高分子反應法,還可以並用這2種方法。 成分A可於所述樹脂組成物中單獨使用丨種或者將^種以 上組合使用。 作為本發明的樹脂組成物中的成分A的含量,相對於 樹脂組成物的所有固形物而言優選為20 wt〇/0〜99 wt%,更 優選為40 wt%〜97 wt%,進一步更優選為6〇 wt%〜95 29 1 201243501 w t %。若含量為該範圍内,則顯 r=r:並 成为A以外的樹脂的含量少於成分A的含量。優&amp; (成分B)粒子 £ 子。本發明的樹脂組成物以調節折射率為目的而包含粒 該粒子優選為折射耗包含除軸子 =且打成物Z射率更高的粒子’具體而言,更優選於具有 子,進:步更:選為以上的粒 射率為㈣以上的Γ子 的粒子,特別優選折 此處,所謂於具有400 nm〜75() η 射率為1.50以上,是表干於且右μ、+…的波長的光中的折 :射率為心=:=== 有光中的折射率均為1 5〇以μ 津固’皮長的所 i:r波長的各光的折射率測定 =二=粒:_性高且具有透光性的方面考慮,優 具有透光性且折射率高的無機氧化物粒子優選為包含C 27 201243501 Product name: Aronix ΤΟ-948), 2-ethylhexyl polyethylene glycol acrylate (trade name: AronixTO-949), manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.; ethoxy-diethylene glycol acrylate (trade name: Light acrylate EC-A), methoxy-triethylene glycol acrylate vinegar (trade name Light acrylate MTG-A), decyloxy-polyethylene glycol acrylate (trade name Light acrylate) 130A), phenoxy-polyethylene glycol acrylate (trade name: Light acrylate P-200A), nonylphenyl-polyoxyethylene chain adduct acrylate (trade name: Light acrylate NP_4EA), mercaptobenzene Base-polyoxyethylene bond adduct acrylate (trade name: Light acrylate NP-8EA), manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.; polyethylene glycol acrylate (trade name: Blemmer AE-350), poly Glycolyl methacrylate g (trade name: Blemmer PE-90), polyethylene glycol methacrylate (trade name: Blemmer PE-200), polyethylene glycol methacrylate (trade name Blemmer PE- 350), methoxy polyethylene glycol monoacrylate (trade name Blemmer AME- 400), methoxy polyethylene glycol methacrylate (trade name Blemmer PME-100), methoxy polyethylene glycol methacrylic acid S (trade name Blemmer PME-200), methoxy polymerization Ethylene glycol methacrylate (trade name Blemmer PME-400), polypropylene glycol methacrylate (trade name Blemmer ΡΡ·5〇0), polypropylene glycol fluorenyl acrylate (trade name BlemmerPP-800) ), polyethylene glycol polypropylene glycol methacrylate (trade name Blemmer 70PEP-370B), polyethylene glycol polybutylene glycol methacrylate (trade name Blemmer 50PET-800), octyloxy polyethylene glycol Polypropylene glycol monomethylpropionate (trade name: Blemmer 28 201243501 50POEP-800B), octyloxy polyethylene glycol poly- (trade name Blemmer 50AOEP-800B), early methyl propyl sputum Co., Ltd. manufactures; 彳4 Japanese oil and fat shares ^ NK Est- NK Ester M-90G), phenoxy diethylene glycol said 酉^曰 (Shangkoukou name =:-), the above is preferred by Xinzhongcun (曱Base) Acrylic acid-2-ylaminopentanyl vinegar. Age A may contain 1 fresh 7 base) propylene U coat containing 2 or more monomer units (a-5). l U_5) ' can also be packaged as all the monomer units of A of the monomer unit (a_1) in the component A, and when the component A contains the monomer unit U5), the content in the component A is relative to The content of all the monomer units of the component A is preferably from 1 mol% to 40 mol%, more preferably from 5 to 3% to 3 mol%, particularly preferably from 5 mol% to 25 mol%. Further, the method of introducing each monomer unit contained in the component A may be a polymerization method or a polymer reaction method, or two methods may be used in combination. Component A may be used alone or in combination of the above-mentioned resin compositions. The content of the component A in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 20 wt% / 0 to 99 wt%, more preferably 40 wt% to 97 wt%, more preferably all the solid matter of the resin composition. Preferably, it is 6 〇 wt% 〜 95 29 1 201243501 wt %. When the content is within this range, it is found that r = r: the content of the resin other than A is less than the content of the component A. Excellent &amp; (Component B) particles £ sub. The resin composition of the present invention contains particles for the purpose of adjusting the refractive index. The particles preferably contain particles having a higher refractive index including azimuth = and a higher Z content. Specifically, it is more preferable to have a sub-in: Step: Select the above particles with a particle size of (four) or more, and it is particularly preferable to fold here. The so-called 400 nm to 75 () η rate is 1.50 or more, which is dry and right μ, + Fracture in the light of the wavelength of ...: the incident rate is ===== The refractive index of each light in the light is 1 5 〇 in μ, and the refractive index of each light of the i:r wavelength is determined by the length of the skin. Two = particles: _ high in nature and light transmissive, the inorganic oxide particles having excellent light transmittance and high refractive index are preferably contained

S 30 201243501S 30 201243501

Be、Mg、Ca、Sr、Ba、Sc、Υ、La、Ce、Gd、Tb、Dy、 Yb、Lu、Ti、Zr、Hf、Nb、Mo、W、Zn、B、Ai、Si、Ge、 fn、Pb、;Bi、Te等原子的氧化物粒子,更優選為氧化鈦、 氧化鋅、氧化錯、銦/錫氧化物、銻/錫氧化物,特別優選 氧化鈦。氧化鈦特別優選折射率高的金紅石型氧化鈦。該 些無機粒子還可以用有機材料對表面進行處理以賦分 散穩定性。 ^為了不使樹脂組成物的透明性降低,該些粒子的一次 ,,優選為1 nm〜35〇 nm,特別優選為3細〜觸⑽。 粒子的—次粒徑是利用電子顯微鏡而測定任音 個粒子的粒徑,其是指其諸平職。而且 ^ 狀並不為球形時,將最長的邊作為直徑。錄子的开7 於本發明的樹脂組成物中,作為於 :的光中具有15。以上的折射率的粒子二== 树脂組成物而所得的光學部件 :里考慮利用 而適宜決定即可,相騎飽旨經成物的如、或透光性等 於本發明中,粒子還2=〇:t%〜7〇Wt%。 而供於侧:於適當的分散 ^方=製為分散液 磨機等混合裝置而進行混合、分散W中使用球磨機、棒 所述分散液的調製中所 (成分C )溶劑以外,還可以的石合/1丨例如除了後述的 2-丁醇、2-甲基-2,醇、r戊醇丙:2-丙醇、r丁醇' -1 —丁醇、甲从丁醇、新戊醇、3_戊醇、3_甲基 醇等醇類等。 吁衣戊醇、1-己醇、環己Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Sc, Υ, La, Ce, Gd, Tb, Dy, Yb, Lu, Ti, Zr, Hf, Nb, Mo, W, Zn, B, Ai, Si, Ge, The oxide particles of atoms such as fn, Pb, or Bi, and Te are more preferably titanium oxide, zinc oxide, oxidized pentoxide, indium/tin oxide, or antimony/tin oxide, and particularly preferably titanium oxide. Titanium oxide is particularly preferably a rutile-type titanium oxide having a high refractive index. These inorganic particles can also be treated with an organic material to impart dispersion stability. In order not to lower the transparency of the resin composition, the particles are preferably 1 nm to 35 Å nm, and particularly preferably 3 Å to 10 Å. The particle-minor particle size is the particle size of any particle used by an electron microscope, which refers to its level. And when the shape of ^ is not spherical, the longest side is taken as the diameter. The opening 7 of the recording material has 15 in the light of the resin composition of the present invention. The optical member obtained by the above two refractive index particles == resin composition can be appropriately determined in consideration of use, and the light-receiving property of the phase-forming composition is equal to that of the present invention, and the particles are also 2 = 〇: t%~7〇Wt%. On the other hand, it is also possible to mix and disperse in a mixing device such as a dispersion mill such as a dispersion mill, and to use a ball mill or a solvent (component C) in the preparation of the dispersion. For example, in addition to 2-butanol, 2-methyl-2, alcohol, r-pentanol-propion: 2-propanol, r-butanol '1-butanol, and from butanol, neopentyl Alcohols, alcohols such as 3-pentanol and 3-methyl alcohol, and the like. Pentaerythritol, 1-hexanol, cyclohexyl

S 31 201243501 分散劑可優選例示後述的(成分G)分散劑中所記載 的分散劑。 該些溶劑可單獨使用1種或者將2種以上混合使用。 (成分C)溶劑 本發明的樹脂組成物含有(成分c)溶劑。 本發明的樹脂組成物優選將成分A及成分B、以及其 他後述的各種添加劑的任意成分溶解或分散於(成分c) 溶劑中而調製為溶液。 本發明的樹脂組成物中所使用的(成分c)溶劑可使 用公知的溶劑,可例示乙二醇單烷基醚類、乙二醇二烷基 謎類、乙一醇單烧基醚乙酸酯類、丙二醇單院基_類、丙 二醇二烷基醚類、丙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯類、二乙二醇二 烷基醚類、二乙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯類、二丙二醇單烷基 鱗類一丙一醇一烧基謎類、二丙二醇單烧基_乙酸g旨類、 酯類、酮類、醯胺類、内酯類等。 时上述溶劑中,優選二乙二醇乙基甲基醚、及/或丙二醇 單甲醚乙酸酯,特別優選丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯。 本發明中可使用的溶劑可單獨使用:種,也可以並用2 種。 本發明的樹脂組成物中的(成分C)溶劑的含量,優 圮相對於成分A的含量1〇〇重量份而言為5〇重量份〜 ’〇⑻重里伤,更優選為重量份〜2,〇〇〇重量份,進一 步更優選為150重量份〜1500重量份。 (成分D)光酸產生劑 於將本發明的樹脂組成物用作感光性樹脂組成物時, β 32 201243501 本發明的樹脂組成物優選含有(成分D)光酸產生劑。 成分D優選為感應波長為300 nm以上、優選波長為 300 nm〜450 nm的活性光線而產生酸的化合物,其化學結 構並無限制。而且,關於並不直接感應波長為300 nm以 上的活性光線的光酸產生劑,如果是可通過與增感劑並用 而感應波長為300 nm以上的活性光線,從而産生酸的化 合物,則可與增感劑組合而優選使用。 成分D優選為可産生pKa為4以下的酸的光酸產生 劑,更優選為可産生pKa為3以下的酸的光酸產生劑。 光酸產生劑的例子可列舉三氣曱基-均三嗪類、硫鑌鹽 或碘鑌鹽、四級銨鹽類、重氮甲烷化合物、醯亞胺磺酸鹽 化合物、及肟磺酸鹽化合物等》於該些光酸產生劑中,自 高感光度的觀點考慮,優選使用肟磺酸鹽化合物。該些光 酸產生劑可單獨使用1種或者將2種以上組合使用。 該些光酸產生劑的具體例可例示如下。 二氣曱基-均三嗪(trichloromethyl-s-triazine)類可例示 2_(3_氣苯基)-雙(4,6_三氯曱基)_均三嗪、2_(4_甲氧基苯基)_ 雙(4,6-三氯甲基)_均三嗪、2_(4_曱基噻吩基)_雙(4,6-三氯曱 基)·均三嗪、2-(4_甲氧基-β-苯乙烯基)-雙(4,6-三氣曱基)-均三嗪、2_胡椒基-雙(4,6_三氯曱基)_均三嗪、2_[2七夫喃_2· 基)乙烯基]-雙(4,6-三氣曱基)_均三嗪、2_[2-(5_曱基呋喃_2_ 基)乙烯基]-雙(4,6·三氣甲基)_均三嗪、2_[2_(4_二乙基氨基 -2-甲基苯基)乙烯基]-雙(4,6-三氯曱基)_均三嗪、或2-(4-曱 氧基萘基)-雙(4,6-三氣曱基)_均三嗪等。 二芳基碘鎮鹽類可例示二苯基碘鏽三氟乙酸鹽、二苯 33 201243501 基硖鑌三氟甲磺酸鹽、4-甲氧基苯基苯基碘鑌三氟曱磺酸 鹽、4-曱氧基苯基苯基碘鏽三氟乙酸鹽、苯基_4-(2’-羥基_;[,_ 十四烧氧基)本基破鐵三敦曱項酸鹽、4-(2’-經基-I1-十四燒 氧基)苯基碘鏽六氟銻酸鹽、或苯基羥基-1,-十四烷氧 基)苯基碘鑌對曱苯磺酸鹽等。 三芳基硫鑌鹽類可例示三苯基硫鑌三氟甲磺酸鹽、三 苯基硫鑌三氟乙酸鹽、4-甲氧基苯基二苯基硫鑌三氟甲石黃 酉文鹽、4-甲乳基笨基二苯基硫錯三氟乙酸鹽、4-苯基u塞吩 基二苯基硫鏽三氟甲確酸鹽、或4_苯基嘆吩基二苯基硫鏽 三氟乙酸鹽等。 四級銨鹽類可例示四甲基銨丁基三(2,6-二氟苯基)硼酸 鹽、四甲基銨己基三(對氣苯基)硼酸鹽、四曱基銨己基三 (3-三氟曱基苯基)硼酸鹽、苄基二曱基苯基銨丁基三(2,6_ 二氟苯基)硼酸鹽、苄基二曱基苯基铵己基三(對氯笨基)硼 酸鹽、苄基二甲基苯基銨己基三(3-三氟曱基苯基)硼酸鹽 等。 ^ 重氮甲烷衍生物可例示雙(環己基磺醯基)重氮甲烷、雙 (三級丁基磺醯基)重氮曱烷、雙(對甲苯磺醯基)重氮甲烷 等。 醯亞胺磺酸鹽衍生物可例示三氟甲基磺醯氧基雙環 [2.2.1]庚-5-婦-二叛基酿亞胺、玻珀酿亞胺三氟甲續酸 鹽、鄰苯二甲醯亞胺三氟曱磺酸鹽、N_羥基萘二甲醯亞胺 曱磺酸鹽、N-經基-5-降冰片烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺丙石黃酸鹽 等。 自感光度的觀點考慮,本發明的樹脂組成物優選包含 34 201243501 有至乂 1個下述式⑴所表示的 鹽化合物作為成分D。另外,波邻八;;=肟石美 結構的鍵結位置。 m卩絲讀其他化學 0 (1)S 31 201243501 The dispersant preferably exemplifies the dispersant described in the (Component G) dispersant described later. These solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more. (Component C) Solvent The resin composition of the present invention contains (Component c) a solvent. The resin composition of the present invention is preferably prepared by dissolving or dispersing any components of the component A and the component B and various additives described later in a solvent of (component c). The solvent (component c) used in the resin composition of the present invention may be a known solvent, and examples thereof include ethylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, ethylene glycol dialkyl mysteries, and ethyl alcohol monoalkyl ether acetates. , propylene glycol, single-base, propylene glycol dialkyl ether, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol dialkyl ether, diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol monoalkane A primordial-propanol-alkyl radical, a dipropylene glycol monoalkyl group-acetic acid g, an ester, a ketone, a guanamine, a lactone, and the like. In the above solvent, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether and/or propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate are preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate is particularly preferable. The solvent which can be used in the present invention may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The content of the (Component C) solvent in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 5 parts by weight to 1 part by weight based on the content of the component A~ '〇(8) heavy damage, more preferably part by weight to 2 Further, it is more preferably 150 parts by weight to 1500 parts by weight. (Component D) Photoacid generator When the resin composition of the present invention is used as a photosensitive resin composition, β 32 201243501 The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains (Component D) a photoacid generator. The component D is preferably a compound which induces an acid to generate an acid by an active light having a wavelength of 300 nm or more, preferably a wavelength of 300 nm to 450 nm, and its chemical structure is not limited. Further, as for the photoacid generator which does not directly induce active light having a wavelength of 300 nm or more, if it is a compound which can induce an active light having a wavelength of 300 nm or more by using it together with a sensitizer, an acid generating compound can be used. The sensitizer is preferably used in combination. The component D is preferably a photoacid generator which can produce an acid having a pKa of 4 or less, and more preferably a photoacid generator which can produce an acid having a pKa of 3 or less. Examples of the photoacid generator include tris-mercapto-s-triazines, sulfonium salts or iodonium salts, quaternary ammonium salts, diazomethane compounds, sulfilimine sulfonate compounds, and sulfonium sulfonates. Compounds and the like Among these photoacid generators, an oxime sulfonate compound is preferably used from the viewpoint of high sensitivity. These photoacid generators may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Specific examples of the photoacid generators can be exemplified as follows. The class of trichloromethyl-s-triazine can be exemplified by 2_(3-hydrophenyl)-bis(4,6-trichloroindolyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-methoxy) Phenyl)_bis(4,6-trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-mercaptothiophenyl)-bis(4,6-trichloroindolyl)·s-triazine, 2-(4) _Methoxy-β-styryl)-bis(4,6-trimethylsulfonyl)-s-triazine, 2-piperidinyl-bis(4,6-trichloroindolyl)-s-triazine, 2_ [2-7-pentan-2-yl) vinyl]-bis(4,6-trimethylsulfonyl)-s-triazine, 2_[2-(5-fluorenylfuran-2-yl)vinyl]-bis ( 4,6·three gas methyl)_s-triazine, 2_[2_(4_diethylamino-2-methylphenyl)vinyl]-bis(4,6-trichloroindenyl)_all three Pyrazine, or 2-(4-decyloxynaphthyl)-bis(4,6-trimethylsulfonyl)-s-triazine or the like. The diaryl iodine salt can be exemplified by diphenyl iodine rust trifluoroacetate, diphenyl 33 201243501 sulfonium trifluoromethanesulfonate, 4-methoxyphenyl phenyl iodonium trifluorosulfonate , 4-methoxyphenylphenyl iodine rust trifluoroacetate, phenyl 4-(2'-hydroxy-;; [, _ tetradecyloxy) base-breaking iron sulphate, 4 -(2'-transyl-I1-tetradecyloxy)phenyl iodine hexafluoroantimonate, or phenylhydroxy-1,-tetradecyloxy)phenyliodonium p-toluenesulfonate Wait. The triarylsulfonium salt can be exemplified by triphenylsulfonium trifluoromethanesulfonate, triphenylsulfonium trifluoroacetate, 4-methoxyphenyldiphenylsulfonium trifluoromethane, and 4 salts. - methyl lactyl stearyl diphenyl thiazole trifluoroacetate, 4-phenyl u-sepionyl diphenyl sulphide triflate, or 4-phenyl phenyl phenyl rust Fluoroacetate and the like. The quaternary ammonium salt can be exemplified by tetramethylammonium butyl tris(2,6-difluorophenyl)borate, tetramethylammonium hexyltris(p-phenylphenyl)borate, tetradecylammonium hexyl tris(3) -trifluorodecylphenyl)borate, benzyldidecylphenylammonium butyl tris(2,6-difluorophenyl)borate, benzyldidecylphenylammonium hexyltris(p-chlorophenyl) Borate, benzyldimethylphenylammonium hexyltris(3-trifluorodecylphenyl)borate, and the like. ^ The diazomethane derivative can be exemplified by bis(cyclohexylsulfonyl)diazomethane, bis(tert-butylsulfonyl)diazononane, bis(p-toluenesulfonyl)diazomethane, and the like. The quinone imide sulfonate derivative can be exemplified by trifluoromethylsulfonyloxybicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-female-bis-reradylimine, bourbonimide trifluoromethane hydrochloride, ortho Benzoquinone imine trifluorosulfonate, N-hydroxynaphthalene iminium sulfonate, N-carbyl-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine propyl yellow Acid salt, etc. The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains, as a component D, a salt compound represented by the following formula (1) in the form of 34 201243501. In addition, the wave adjacent to eight;; = the junction position of the meteorite structure. m卩丝读其他化学 0 (1)

μ ^ II -Ν—〇—S-μ ^ II -Ν—〇—S-

II 0 *所述具有至少1個式⑴所表示的科酸鹽殘基的蔣 績酸鹽化合物優選為下述式⑺所表示的化合物。 RIA-C(R2a) = N-〇-S〇2-R3a (2) 於式(2)中,^^表示碳原子數為丨〜6的烷基、碳原 子數為1〜4的鹵代烷基、苯基、聯苯基、萘基、2_。夫喃基、 2-噻吩基、碳原子數為1〜4的烷氧基或氰基。於ria為苯 基、聯苯基、萘基或蒽基時,該些基還可以被選自由鹵素 原子、羥基、碳原子數為1〜4的烷基、碳原子數為1〜4 的烷氧基及硝基所構成的群組的取代基而取代。 於式(2)中,R2A表示碳原子數為1〜10的烷基、碳 原子數為1〜10的烷氧基、碳原子數為1〜5的鹵代烷基、 碳原子數為1〜5的i代烷氧基、可以被W取代的苯基、 可以被W取代的萘基或可以被w取代的蒽基、二烧基氨 基、嗎啉基、或氰基。尺^與尺以也可以相互鍵結而形成5 員環或6員環,所述5員環或6員環還可以與也可以具有 1個或2個任意取代基的苯環鍵結。 35 201243501 於式(2)中,11^表示碳原子數為1〜10的烷基、碳 原子數為1〜10的烷氧基、碳原子數為1〜5的鹵代烷基、 碳原子數為1〜5的鹵代烷氧基、可以被W取代的苯基、 可以被W取代的萘基或可以被W取代的蒽基。W表示鹵 素原子、氰基、硝基、碳原子數為1〜10的烷基、碳原子 數為1〜10的烷氧基、碳原子數為1〜5的ι|代烷基或碳原 子數為1〜5的i代烷氧基。 R1A所表示的碳原子數為1〜6的烷基可以是直鏈或支 鏈烧基,例如可列舉曱基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、正丁基、 一級丁基、三級丁基、正戊基、異戊基、正己基、或2_乙 基丁基。 R1A所表示的碳原子數為1〜4的鹵代烧基例如可列舉 氣曱基、三氣曱基、三氟曱基、或2-溴丙基。 RA所表示的碳原子數為1〜4的烷氧基可列舉曱氧基 或乙氧基。 於R表示笨基、聯苯基、萘基或蒽基時,該些基還 可以被選自由如下基所構成的群組的取代基所取代:鹵素 原子(例如⑽子、_子、_子#)、祕、碳原子數 為1〜4的烷基(例如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基'正丁基、 一ί 丁基、二級丁基)、碳原子數為1〜4的焼氧基(例如 曱氧基、己氧基、正丙氧基、異丙氡基、正丁氧基) 基。 基、三級丁基、正戊基、異戊基、 R2A所表示的碳原子數為i〜1()的絲的具體例可 曱基、乙基:正丙基、異丙基、正丁基'異丁基、二級丁 級戊基、正己基、正 36 201243501 庚基、正辛基、丨下+盆 〒丞正壬基、正癸基等。 舉甲氧基〜1()祕祕的具體例可列 戍氧fA、正辛;i、t::異丙氧基、 列兴R-原子數為1〜5的自代烧基的具體例可 基、五氟乙基'全氟正丙基、全氟正丁基、全The oxime acid salt compound having at least one acid salt residue represented by the formula (1) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (7). RIA-C(R2a) = N-〇-S〇2-R3a (2) In the formula (2), ^^ represents an alkyl group having a carbon number of 丨6, and a halogenated alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 4. , phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, 2_. A bromo group, a 2-thienyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a cyano group. When ria is a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group or a fluorenyl group, the groups may also be selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Substituted by a substituent of a group consisting of an oxy group and a nitro group. In the formula (2), R2A represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and 1 to 5 carbon atoms. The i-alkoxy group, a phenyl group which may be substituted by W, a naphthyl group which may be substituted by W or a fluorenyl group, a dialkylamino group, a morpholinyl group or a cyano group which may be substituted by w. The ruler and the ruler may also be bonded to each other to form a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring, which may also be bonded to a benzene ring which may have one or two arbitrary substituents. 35 201243501 In the formula (2), 11^ represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of a haloalkoxy group of 1 to 5, a phenyl group which may be substituted by W, a naphthyl group which may be substituted by W, or a fluorenyl group which may be substituted by W. W represents a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a carbon atom. The number i is 1 to 5 of the i alkoxy group. The alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by R1A may be a linear or branched alkyl group, and examples thereof include a mercapto group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a n-butyl group, a first-butyl group, and a third-order group. Butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, n-hexyl, or 2-ethylbutyl. Examples of the halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms represented by R1A include a gas group, a triazepine group, a trifluoromethyl group, or a 2-bromopropyl group. The alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms represented by RA may be a decyloxy group or an ethoxy group. When R represents a strepyl, biphenylyl, naphthyl or anthracenyl group, the groups may be substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom (for example, (10), _, _ #), 秘, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl 'n-butyl, one butyl, secondary butyl), having 1 carbon atom a decyloxy group of ~4 (e.g., an oxiranyloxy group, a hexyloxy group, a n-propoxy group, an isopropylidene group, a n-butoxy group). Specific examples of the filaments having a carbon number of i~1 () represented by a radical, a tertiary butyl group, a n-pentyl group, an isopentyl group, and R2A may be a mercapto group, an ethyl group: n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, or a n-butyl group. Base 'isobutyl, dibutyl pentyl, n-hexyl, positive 36 201243501 heptyl, n-octyl, underarm + pot 〒丞 壬 、, n-decyl and the like. Specific examples of the secret of methoxy~1() can be listed as oxime fA and n-octane; i, t:: isopropoxy group, and a specific example of a self-generated alkyl group having a number of R- atoms of 1 to 5 Keto, pentafluoroethyl 'perfluoro-n-propyl, perfluoro-n-butyl, all

R n i &quot;1料數為1〜5的自航祕的具體例 可列舉二鮮氧基、五氣乙氧基、全氟正 丁氧f、全氣正戊氧基等。 鼠正 +R所表示的可以被w取代的苯基的具體例可列舉鄰 曱苯基、間曱苯基、對甲苯基、鄰乙基苯基、間乙基苯基、 對乙基笨基、對(正丙基)苯基、對(異丙基)苯基、對(正丁 基)笨基、對(異丁基)苯基、對(二級丁基)苯基、對(三級丁 基)苯基、對(正戊基)苯基、對(異戊基)苯基、對(三級戊基) 苯基、鄰曱氧基笨基、間甲氧基苯基、對甲氧基苯基、鄰 乙氧基苯基、間乙氧基苯基、對乙氧基苯基、對(正丙氧基) 苯基、對(異丙氧基)苯基、對(正丁氧基)苯基、對(異丁氧 基)苯基、對(二級丁氧基)苯基、對(三級丁氧基)笨基 '對(正 戊氧基)苯基、對(異戊氧基)苯基、對(三級戊氧基)苯基、 對氯苯基、對溴笨基、對氟苯基、2,4-二氯苯基、2,4-二溴 苯基、2,4-二氟苯基、2,4,6-三氣苯基、2,4,6-三溴苯基、2,4,6-三氟苯基、五氯苯基、五溴苯基、五氟苯基、對聯苯基等。 R2Am表示的可以被W取代的萘基的具體例可列舉2-曱基-1-蔡基、3-曱基-1-秦基、4-甲基-1-蔡基、5-甲基-1-Specific examples of the self-aeronautical secret of R n i &quot;1 material number 1 to 5 include dioxooxy group, pentaethoxyethoxy group, perfluoro-n-butoxy group f, and total gas n-pentyloxy group. Specific examples of the phenyl group which may be substituted by w represented by the positive +R of the mouse include o-nonylphenyl group, m-nonylphenyl group, p-tolyl group, o-ethylphenyl group, m-ethylphenyl group, and p-ethylphenyl group. , p-(n-propyl)phenyl, p-(isopropyl)phenyl, p-(n-butyl)phenyl, p-(isobutyl)phenyl, p-(tert-butyl)phenyl, p-(three Butyl)phenyl, p-(n-pentyl)phenyl, p-(isopentyl)phenyl, p-(tripentyl)phenyl, o-decyloxy, m-methoxyphenyl, p. Methoxyphenyl, o-ethoxyphenyl, m-ethoxyphenyl, p-ethoxyphenyl, p-(n-propoxy)phenyl, p-(isopropoxy)phenyl, p- Butoxy)phenyl, p-(isobutoxy)phenyl, p-(di-butoxy)phenyl, p-(tertiary butoxy)-p-yl-p-(n-pentyloxy)phenyl, (isopentyloxy)phenyl, p-(tripentyloxy)phenyl, p-chlorophenyl, p-bromophenyl, p-fluorophenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,4-dibromo Phenyl, 2,4-difluorophenyl, 2,4,6-trisylphenyl, 2,4,6-tribromophenyl, 2,4,6-trifluorophenyl, pentachlorophenyl, Pentabromophenyl, pentafluorophenyl, p-biphenyl, and the like. Specific examples of the naphthyl group which may be substituted by W represented by R2Am include 2-mercapto-1-cainyl, 3-mercapto-1-methyl, 4-methyl-1-caiyl, 5-methyl- 1-

S 37 201243501 萘基、6-曱基-1-萘基、7-曱基小萘基、8-曱基小萘基、l 曱基-2-萘基、3-曱基-2-萘基、4-甲基-2-萘基' 5-甲基 萘基、6-曱基-2-萘基、7-甲基-2-萘基、8-曱基-2-萘基等。 R2Am表示的可以被W取代的蒽基的具體例可列舉2_ 曱基-1-蒽基、3-曱基小蒽基、4-甲基小蒽基、5-曱基小 蒽基、6-曱基-1-蒽基、7-甲基-1-蒽基、8-曱基小蒽基、9_ 曱基-1-蒽基、10-甲基-1-蒽基、1-甲基-2-蒽基、3-甲基_2_ 蒽基、4-甲基-2-蒽基、5-甲基-2-蒽基、6-甲基-2-蒽基、7_ 曱基-2-蒽基、8-曱基-2-蒽基、9-曱基-2-蒽基、10-甲基-2_ 葱基等。 R所表示的二烧基氨基可列舉二甲基氨基、二 基、二丙基氨基、二丁基氨基、二苯基氨基等。 R3A所表示的碳原子數為1〜10的烷基的具體例可列 曱基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、二級丁 基、二級丁基、正戊基、異戊基、二級戊基、正己基、正 庚基、正辛基、正壬基、正癸基等。 3A j- 夹甲ϋϋ炭原子數為1〜10的烧氧基的具體例可列 ::氧基、乙氧基、正丙氧基、異丙氧基、正丁 戊氧基、正辛氧基、正癸氧基等。 土 列舉的m數為1〜1的齒代炫基的具體例可 基五Λ乙基、全氣正丙基、全氣正丁基、全 ώ 3Α ―表:基碳原 丁虱基、全氟正戊基氧基等。 軋基王虱正 38 1 201243501 R所表示的可以被w取代的苯基的具體例可列舉鄰 甲苯基、間甲苯基、對曱苯基、鄰乙基苯基、間乙基笨基、 對乙基苯基、對(正丙基)苯基、對(異丙基)苯基、對(正丁 基)笨基、對(異丁基)苯基、對(二級丁基)苯基、對(三級丁 基)苯基、對(正戊基)苯基、對(異戊基)苯基、對(三級戊基) 苯基、鄰曱氧基苯基、間甲氧基苯基、對甲氧基苯基、鄰 乙氧基笨基、間乙氧基苯基、對乙氧基苯基、對(正丙氧基) 苯基、對(異丙氧基)苯基、對(正丁氧基)苯基、對(異丁氧 基)苯基、對(二級丁氧基)苯基、對(三級丁氧基)苯基、對(正 戊氧基)苯基、對(異戊氧基)苯基、對(三級戊氧基)苯基、 對氯苯基、對溴苯基、對氟苯基、2,4-二氯苯基、2,4-二溴 本基、2,4-一氟苯基、2,4,6-三氣苯基、2,4,6-三漠苯基、2,4,6_ 三氟苯基、五氣苯基、五溴苯基、五氟苯基、對聯苯基等。 R3AK表示的可以被W取代的萘基的具體例可列舉2_ 曱基-1-秦基、3-甲基-1-萘基、4-曱基-1-萘基、5-曱基 奈基、6-曱基-1-萘基、7-甲基-1-萘基、8-曱基小萘基、ι_ 甲基-2-奈基、3-曱基-2-萘基、4-曱基-2-萘基、5-曱基-2_ 萘基、6-曱基-2-萘基、7-曱基-2-萘基、8-曱基-2-萘基等。 R3A所表示的可以被W取代的蒽基的具體例可列舉2_ 曱基-1-蒽基、3-曱基-1-蒽基、4-甲基-1-蒽基、5-曱基-1-蒽基、6-曱基-1-蒽基、7-曱基-1-蒽基、8-甲基-1-蒽基、9-曱基-1-蒽基、10-曱基-1-蒽基、1-曱基-2-蒽基、3-曱基-2-蒽基、4-曱基-2-蒽基、5-曱基-2-蒽基、6-曱基-2-蒽基、7-甲基-2-蒽基、曱基-2-蒽基、9-曱基-2-蒽基、1〇_曱基_2_ 蒽基等。S 37 201243501 Naphthyl, 6-fluorenyl-1-naphthyl, 7-fluorenylnaphthyl, 8-fluorenylnaphthyl, l-nonyl-2-naphthyl, 3-mercapto-2-naphthyl 4-methyl-2-naphthyl ' 5-methylnaphthyl, 6-fluorenyl-2-naphthyl, 7-methyl-2-naphthyl, 8-mercapto-2-naphthyl and the like. Specific examples of the mercapto group which may be substituted by W represented by R2Am include 2-indolyl-1-indenyl group, 3-indolyl fluorenyl group, 4-methylindolyl group, 5-nonyl fluorenyl group, 6- Mercapto-1-indenyl, 7-methyl-1-indenyl, 8-mercaptoindolyl, 9-mercapto-1-indenyl, 10-methyl-1-indenyl, 1-methyl- 2-indenyl, 3-methyl-2-indole, 4-methyl-2-indenyl, 5-methyl-2-indenyl, 6-methyl-2-indenyl, 7-decyl-2- Indenyl, 8-mercapto-2-indenyl, 9-mercapto-2-indenyl, 10-methyl-2-indyl, and the like. The dialkylamino group represented by R may, for example, be a dimethylamino group, a diyl group, a dipropylamino group, a dibutylamino group or a diphenylamino group. Specific examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms represented by R3A include an alkyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, a n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a secondary butyl group, and a secondary butyl group. , n-pentyl, isopentyl, secondary pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, n-decyl, n-decyl and the like. Specific examples of the alkoxy groups of 3A j-methylpyrene having 1 to 10 carbon atoms: oxygen, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butylpentyloxy, n-octyloxy Base, n-decyloxy, and the like. Specific examples of the dentate group having the m number of 1 to 1 listed in the soil can be based on quinone ethyl, all-gas n-propyl, all-gas n-butyl, and all ώ 3 Α ― table: base carbon butyl sulfhydryl, perfluoro-positive Pentoyloxy and the like. Specific examples of the phenyl group which may be substituted by w represented by the rolling base Wang Yongzheng 38 1 201243501 R may be o-tolyl, m-tolyl, p-nonylphenyl, o-ethylphenyl, m-ethyl phenyl, p-ethyl Phenyl, p-(n-propyl)phenyl, p-(isopropyl)phenyl, p-(n-butyl)phenyl, p-(isobutyl)phenyl, p-(tert-butyl)phenyl, (tertiary butyl)phenyl, p-(n-pentyl)phenyl, p-(isopentyl)phenyl, p-(tripentyl)phenyl, o-nonyloxyphenyl, m-methoxyphenyl , p-methoxyphenyl, o-ethoxyphenyl, m-ethoxyphenyl, p-ethoxyphenyl, p-(n-propoxy)phenyl, p-(isopropoxy)phenyl, (n-butoxy)phenyl, p-(isobutoxy)phenyl, p-(t-butoxy)phenyl, p-(tertiary butoxy)phenyl, p-(n-pentyloxy)phenyl , p-(isopentyloxy)phenyl, p-(tripentyloxy)phenyl, p-chlorophenyl, p-bromophenyl, p-fluorophenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,4- Dibromo-based, 2,4-fluorophenyl, 2,4,6-trisylphenyl, 2,4,6-trisylphenyl, 2,4,6-trifluorophenyl, pentaphenyl Pentabromophenyl, pentafluorophenyl, Biphenyl. Specific examples of the naphthyl group which may be substituted by W represented by R3AK include 2-hydrazino-1-methylyl, 3-methyl-1-naphthyl, 4-mercapto-1-naphthyl, 5-nonylylene. ,6-fluorenyl-1-naphthyl, 7-methyl-1-naphthyl, 8-indenylnaphthyl, i-methyl-2-nyl, 3-mercapto-2-naphthyl, 4- Mercapto-2-naphthyl, 5-fluorenyl-2-naphthyl, 6-fluorenyl-2-naphthyl, 7-fluorenyl-2-naphthyl, 8-mercapto-2-naphthyl and the like. Specific examples of the mercapto group which may be substituted by W represented by R3A include 2-indolyl-1-indenyl group, 3-mercapto-1-indenyl group, 4-methyl-1-indenyl group, 5-nonyl group- 1-indenyl, 6-fluorenyl-1-indenyl, 7-fluorenyl-1-indenyl, 8-methyl-1-indenyl, 9-fluorenyl-1-indenyl, 10-decyl- 1-fluorenyl, 1-mercapto-2-indenyl, 3-mercapto-2-indenyl, 4-mercapto-2-indenyl, 5-nonyl-2-indenyl, 6-fluorenyl- 2-indenyl, 7-methyl-2-indenyl, decyl-2-indenyl, 9-fluorenyl-2-indenyl, 1 indolyl-2-ylthiol, and the like.

S 39 201243501S 39 201243501

w所表不的奴原子數為 〜10的烷氧基、碳原子數為i 數為1〜5的鹵代烷氢其沾a M 10的烷基、碳原子數為1 d的i代烷基、及碳原子 :1 5的鹵代烧氧基的具體例可列舉與作為r2a或r3a 所表示的碳原子數為丨〜1() 基、碳原子數為卜1〇的 烧氧基、碳原子數&amp;卜5的#代烧基、及碳原子數為卜 5的鹵代烷氧基的具體例而列舉的基相同者。 R=與R|A也可以相互鍵結而形成5員環或6員環。 。^^與^以相互鍵結而形成5員環或6員環時,所述5 員環或6員環可列舉碳環式基及雜環式環基,例如可以是 環戊烧、環己烷、環庚烷、吡咯、呋喃、噻吩、咪唑、噁 唑、噻唑、吡喃、吡啶、吡嗪、嗎啉、呱啶或呱嗪環。所 述5員環或6員環還可以與亦可具有任意取代基的苯環鍵 結,其例可列舉四氫化萘、二氫化蒽、茚、二氫苯并哌喃 (chroman)、第(fluorene)、氧雜蒽(xanthene)或噻噸 (thioxanthene)環類。所述5員環或6員環還可以包含羰基, 其例可列舉環己二烯酮、萘酮及蒽酮環類。 所述式(2)所表示的化合物的適宜形態之一是下述式 (2-1)所表示的化合物。式(2-1)所表示的化合物是式(2) 中的鍵結而形成5員環的化合物。The alkoxy group represented by w is an alkoxy group of ~10, the halogenated alkane having a carbon number of 1 to 5, an alkyl group having a M 10 atomic group, an i-alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 d, And a specific example of the halogen atom of the halogen atom: 15 is an alkoxy group or a carbon atom which has a number of carbon atoms represented by r2a or r3a and has a carbon number of 丨1. The same applies to the specific examples of the number of the alkyl group of the &amp; 5 and the halogenated alkoxy group of the carbon number of 5. R= and R|A may also be bonded to each other to form a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. . When ^^ and ^ are bonded to each other to form a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring, the 5-membered ring or the 6-membered ring may be a carbocyclic group or a heterocyclic ring group, and for example, it may be cyclopentene or cyclohexene. Alkane, cycloheptane, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, thiazole, pyran, pyridine, pyrazine, morpholine, acridine or pyridazine ring. The 5-membered ring or the 6-membered ring may also be bonded to a benzene ring which may have an optional substituent, and examples thereof include tetralin, indane, hydrazine, dihydrobenzopyran, and Fluorene), xanthene or thioxanthene ring. The 5-membered ring or the 6-membered ring may further contain a carbonyl group, and examples thereof include a cyclohexadienone, a naphthone, and an anthrone ring. One of the suitable forms of the compound represented by the formula (2) is a compound represented by the following formula (2-1). The compound represented by the formula (2-1) is a compound which is bonded in the formula (2) to form a 5-membered ring.

(式(2-1)中,r3A與式(2)中的R3A同義,X表示烷 201243501 基、烧氧基或鹵素原子,t表示〇〜3的整數,於t太,七 3時,多個X可以相同也可以不同。) .....^ X所表示的烷基優選為碳原子數為〖〜4的直鏈狀或支 鏈狀烷基。X所表示的烷氧基優選為碳原子數為丨〜4的直 鏈狀或支鏈狀烷氧基。X所表示的^素原子優選 或氟原子。 ‘、'軋眾于(In the formula (2-1), r3A is synonymous with R3A in the formula (2), X represents an alkane 201243501 group, an alkoxy group or a halogen atom, and t represents an integer of 〇~3, and is too large at 7:3. The X groups may be the same or different.) The alkyl group represented by X is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having a carbon number of 〜4. The alkoxy group represented by X is preferably a linear or branched alkoxy group having a carbon number of 丨4. The atom of the atom represented by X is preferably a fluorine atom. ‘,’ rolling in

t優選為0或1。特別優選如下的化合物:於式(2_ 中,t為1,X為甲基,X的取代位置為鄰位,汉3A θ $ 子數為1〜10的直鏈狀烷基、7,7_二曱基_2_氧代=其 曱基、或對甲苯甲醯基的化合物。 卞巧I 式(2-1)所表示的肪礦酸鹽化合物的具體例可兴 述化合物(1)、化合物(H)、化合物(出)、化合物 等,該些化合物可單獨使用i種,還可以並用2°種以 化合物(1)〜化合物(iv)能夠以市售品的形式而庐 而且,還可以與其他種類的光酸產生劑組合使用。t is preferably 0 or 1. Particularly preferred are the following compounds: in the formula (2_, t is 1, X is a methyl group, the substitution position of X is an ortho position, and the linear alkyl group having a subordination of 1 to 10 in Han 3A θ $, 7, 7_ a compound of the fluorenyl group or the p-tolyl fluorenyl group, wherein the compound (1) is a specific example of the fatty ore salt compound represented by the formula (2-1). a compound (H), a compound (exhibition), a compound, etc., which may be used singly or in combination with the compound (1) to the compound (iv) in a form of a commercially available product at a temperature of 2°. It can be used in combination with other kinds of photoacid generators.

式所表示的化合物的優選形態之一是:One of the preferred forms of the compound represented by the formula is:

RlA表示碳原子數為1〜4的烷基、三氟甲基、笨美、 氯苯基、二氯笨基、曱氧基苯基、4-聯苯基、萘基或箴基. 201243501 R2A表示氰基; 11^表示碳原子數為1〜10的烷基、碳原子數為1〜10 的烧氧基、碳原子數為1〜5的鹵代烧基、碳原子數為1〜 5的鹵代烷氧基、可以被w取代的苯基、可以被W取代 的萘基或可以被W取代的蒽基,W表示鹵素原子、氰基、 硝基、碳原子數為1〜1〇的烷基、碳原子數為1〜1〇的烷 氧基、碳原子數為1〜5的鹵代烷基或碳原子數為1〜5的 鹵代烧氧基。 式(2)所表示的化合物還優選為下述式(2-2)所表示 的化合物。RlA represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a trifluoromethyl group, a stupid, a chlorophenyl group, a dichlorophenyl group, a decyloxyphenyl group, a 4-biphenyl group, a naphthyl group or a fluorenyl group. 201243501 R2A And a halogenated group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms; a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; and 1 to 5 carbon atoms; a haloalkoxy group, a phenyl group which may be substituted by w, a naphthyl group which may be substituted by W or a fluorenyl group which may be substituted by W, and W represents a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkane having 1 to 1 ring of carbon atoms. The group has an alkoxy group having 1 to 1 carbon atom, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a halogenated alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. The compound represented by the formula (2) is also preferably a compound represented by the following formula (2-2).

於式(2-2 )中’ R4A表示鹵素原子、經基、碳原子數 為1〜4的烷基、碳原子數為1〜4的烷氧基或硝基,L表 示0〜5的整數。R3A表示碳原子數為1〜1〇的烷基、碳原 子數為1〜10的烷氧基、碳原子數為1〜5的鹵代烷基、碳 原子數為1〜5的i代烷氧基、可以被w取代的苯基、可 以被W取代的萘基或可以被W取代的蒽基,W表示鹵素 原子、亂基、确基、碳原子數為1〜10的院基、碳原子數 為1〜10的炫氧基、碳原子數為1〜5的鹵代炫基或碳原子 數為1〜5的鹵代烧氧基。 式(2-2)中的R3A優選為甲基、乙基、正丙基、正丁 基、正辛基、三氟甲基、五氟乙基、全氟正丙基、全氟正 42 201243501 丁基、對甲苯基、4-氣苯基或五氟苯基,特別優選為甲基、 乙基、正丙基、正丁基或對曱苯基。 r4A所表示的齒素原子優選為氟原子、氯原子或溴原 子。 、In the formula (2-2), 'R4A represents a halogen atom, a transradical group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a nitro group, and L represents an integer of 0 to 5; . R3A represents an alkyl group having 1 to 1 ring of carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and an i-alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. a phenyl group which may be substituted by w, a naphthyl group which may be substituted by W or a fluorenyl group which may be substituted by W, and W represents a halogen atom, a chaotic group, an exact group, a group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and a carbon number. It is a methoxy group of 1 to 10, a halogenated group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a halogenated alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. R3A in the formula (2-2) is preferably methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-octyl, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, perfluoro-n-propyl, perfluoro-positive 42 201243501 Butyl, p-tolyl, 4-phenylphenyl or pentafluorophenyl is particularly preferably methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl or p-nonylphenyl. The fang atom represented by r4A is preferably a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or a bromine atom. ,

4 A 所表示的碳原子數為1〜4的烷基優選為曱基或乙 基。 R4A所表示的碳原子數為Η的絲基優選為甲氧基 或乙氧基。 L優選為〇〜2,特別優選為〇〜1。 所表示的化合物中,式(2_2)所表示的化合 物中所包^的化合物的優選形態是如下的形態:於 中,R表示苯基或4-曱氧基苯基,表示氛基,r3a表 不曱基、乙基、正丙基、正丁基或4_甲苯基。 一所述式(1)所表示的化合·物亦優選為下述式所 表示的化合物。The alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms represented by 4 A is preferably a mercapto group or an ethyl group. The silk group having a carbon number represented by R4A is preferably a methoxy group or an ethoxy group. L is preferably 〇~2, and particularly preferably 〇~1. Among the compounds to be represented, a preferred form of the compound contained in the compound represented by the formula (2-2) is a form in which R represents a phenyl group or a 4-decyloxyphenyl group, and represents an aryl group, and the r3a table Undecyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl or 4-tolyl. The compound represented by the above formula (1) is also preferably a compound represented by the following formula.

(式(1_2)中,R1表示烧基、芳基或雜芳基,R2分別 氫原子、烧基、芳基或4素原子,R6分別獨立 ίί: 、烧基、烧氧基、續酸基、氨基祕或 兀孔基石貝觚基,X表不〇或S,η表示i或2,m表示〇〜 £: 43 201243501 6的整數。) 於本發明的樹脂組成物中,相 重量份而言,優選使用0.1重量份〜;成t A的含量100 光酸產生劑,更優選使用G.5重重量份的(成分D) D)光酸產生劑。 刀10重罝份的(成分 (成分E)熱交聯劑 本發明的樹脂組成物優選含右^ 外,本發明中的成分E是成分 叫更化膜。另 E優選為後賴(成分F)驗不祕、t成分。而且,成分 ==旨;有具有= 氧樹脂。 —中特別優選具有環氧基的環 作為成分E的添加量,相對於成分a的含量ι〇 ,而言’優選為0.05重量份〜5〇重量份,更優選為〇 5重 里份〜10重量份,進-步更優選為〇 5重量份〜5重量份。 (成分F)鹼不溶性樹脂 本發明的樹脂組成物優選含有(成分F )鹼不溶性樹脂。 成分F是依照下述定義的鹼不溶性樹脂,且為成分A 以外的化合物。成分F可使用於添加於本發明的樹脂組成 物中時,並不産生由於與其他成分的相分離而造成的白濁 或面狀粗糙、析出等問題的樹脂。 於本發明中,成分F中的“鹼不溶性”是指將該化合物 (樹脂)的溶液塗布於基板上,於9〇°C下進行2分鐘加熱 44 201243501 而形成的該化合物(樹脂)的塗膜(厚度為4 μ„〇對於 23。(:的2.38 基氫氧化銨水溶液的溶解速度不足 0.01 μιη/sec。 成分F可列舉驗不溶性的環氧樹脂或丙烯酸類樹脂、 苯乙烯樹脂、《樹脂、聚丙烯腈樹脂、聚碳酸酷樹脂、 聚醯_脂'«基甲酸§旨樹脂、雜基苯 肱杳涑樹笙。 m 另外,環氧樹脂等具有熱交聯性的(成分F)驗不溶性 樹脂還可_作(成分E)熱交·。但是 不溶性樹脂的含量並不是成修而是 二二發Γ為:=為4=最終的加熱處理 硬化的官能基的成分成:;還 交聯劑的功能的成分。作為利 化n? F單獨硬化,還相與成分a巾如疋成分 反應而交聯。而且,於成分基及—雜環丁基 解性基保護而成的殘基時,還;以性羥基被酸分 而進行交聯。 使羧基或酚性羥基反應 此種化合物可列舉環氧傲 丁基的丙烯__旨。仏或具有環氧基及/或氧雜環 環氧樹脂可列舉雙酚A刑與扣丄 脂、苯酚祕清漆型環氧樹ϋ娜、雙❹型環氧樹 聯笨型環她旨/型=;:/^料_氧樹脂、 樹脂、脂肪族環氧樹脂等。、日、3有脂城結構的環氧(In the formula (1_2), R1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and R2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a pyridyl group, an aryl group or a 4-membered atom, and R6 is independently an ε:, a decyl group, an alkoxy group, a carboxylic acid group. , amino secret or porphyrin based on the shellfish, X is not 〇 or S, η represents i or 2, m represents 整数 ~ £: 43 201243501 6 integer.) In the resin composition of the present invention, the weight fraction In other words, it is preferred to use 0.1 part by weight of a photoacid generator in a content of t A, and more preferably a component (reagent D) D) photoacid generator of G. 5 parts by weight. The component (component E) thermal crosslinking agent of the present invention preferably contains the right side of the resin composition of the present invention, and the component E in the present invention is a component called a tempering film. It is not a secret, t component. Moreover, the component == is required; there is a = oxygen resin. The ring having an epoxy group is particularly preferably added as the component E, relative to the content of the component a, It is preferably 0.05 parts by weight to 5 parts by weight, more preferably 5% by weight to 10 parts by weight, more preferably 5% by weight to 5 parts by weight. (Component F) alkali-insoluble resin Resin composition of the present invention The component preferably contains (component F) an alkali-insoluble resin. Component F is an alkali-insoluble resin defined below and is a compound other than component A. Component F may not be produced when added to the resin composition of the present invention. a resin which has problems such as white turbidity, surface roughness, precipitation, etc. due to phase separation from other components. In the present invention, the term "alkali-insoluble" in the component F means that a solution of the compound (resin) is applied onto a substrate. Heating at 9 ° C for 2 minutes 44 20 The coating film of the compound (resin) formed by 1243501 (thickness is 4 μ 〇 for 23 Å. The dissolution rate of the 2.38-based aqueous ammonium hydroxide solution is less than 0.01 μm/sec. The component F can be enumerated as an insoluble epoxy resin. Or an acrylic resin, a styrene resin, a "resin, a polyacrylonitrile resin, a polycarbonate resin, a polycondensation resin", a carboxylic acid § resin, a heterophenyl quinone tree 笙 m, an epoxy resin, etc. The (cross-linking) insoluble resin with thermal crosslinkability can also be used as (component E) heat-crossing. However, the content of the insoluble resin is not a repair but a two-second hair: = 4 = final heat treatment The component of the hardened functional group is: a component which is also a functional component of the cross-linking agent. It is hardened as a single n-F, and is also cross-linked by reacting with a component such as a terpene component. Moreover, in the component group and the heterocyclic ring When the residue is protected by a butyl group, the hydroxyl group is crosslinked by an acid group. The compound having a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group is exemplified by an epoxy group. Epoxy and/or oxyheterocyclic epoxy resins can be cited as double A penalty and deducting rouge, phenol secret varnish type epoxy tree enamel, double ❹ type epoxy tree joint stupid ring her purpose / type =;: / material _ oxygen resin, resin, aliphatic epoxy resin. , day, 3 epoxy with a fatty city structure

S 45 201243501S 45 201243501

雙酚A型環氧樹脂可列舉JER827、JER828、JER834、 JER1001、JER1002、JER1003、JER1055、JER1007、 JER1009、JER1010(以上由三菱化學股份有限公司製造)、 EPICLON860 、EPICLON1050 、EPICLON1051 、, EPICLON1055 (以上由DIC股份有限公司製造)等;雙酚 F 型環氧樹脂可列舉 JER806、JER807、JER4004、JER4005、 JER4007、JER4010 (以上由三菱化學股份有限公司製造)、 EPICLON830、EPICLON835 (以上由DIC股份有限公司 製造)、LCE-21、RE-602S (以上由曰本化藥股份有限公司 製造)等;苯酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂可列舉JER152、 JER154、JER157S65、JER157S70 (以上由三菱化學股份 有限公司製造)、EPICLON N-740、EPICLON N-740、 EHCLON N-770、EPICLON N-775 (以上由 DIC 股份有限 公司製造)等;甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂可列舉EPICLON N-660、EPICLON N-665、EPICLON N-670、EPICLON N-673、EPICLON N-680、EPICLON N-690、EPICLON N-695 (以上由DIC股份有限公司製造)、EOCN-1020 (以上由曰 本化藥股份有限公司製造)等;聯苯型環氧樹脂可列舉 YX-4000、YX-4000H、YL6121H、YL-6640、YL-6677、 YX-7399 (以上由三菱化學股份有限公司製造)等;萘型 環氧樹脂可列舉 EPICLON HP-4032D、EPICLON HP-4700 (以上由DIC股份有限公司製造)等;含有脂環族結構的 環氧樹脂可列舉EPICLON HP-7200 ( DIC股份有限公司製 造)、XD-1000 (日本化藥股份有限公司製造)等;脂肪族 環氧樹脂可列舉 ADEKA RESIN EP-4080S、ADEKA RESIN 46 201243501 EP-4085S、ADEKA RESIN EP-4088S (以上由 ADEKA 股 份有限公司製造)、Celloxide 2021P、Celloxide 2081、 Celloxide 2083、Celloxide 2085、EHPE3150、EPOLEAD PB 3600、EPOLEADPB 4700 (以上由大賽璐化學工業股份有 限公司製造)等。 除此以外,還可以列舉ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S、 ADEKA RESIN EP-4003S、ADEKA RESIN EP-4010S、 ADEKA RESIN EP-4011S (以上由ADEKA股份有限公司 製造)、NC-2000、NC-3000、NC-7300、EPPN-501、EPPN-502 (以上由ADEKA股份有限公司製造)、JER1031S (三菱化 學股份有限公司製造)等。 該些環氧樹脂可單獨使用1種或者將2種以上組合使 用。 丙烯酸類樹脂可使用(甲基)丙烯酸酯類單體的聚合物 及共聚物。作為此種單體的例子,(曱基)丙烯酸酯類可列 舉(甲基)丙烯酸曱酯、(曱基)丙烯酸乙酯、(曱基)丙烯酸正 丙酉旨、(曱基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(曱基)丙稀酸正丁酯、(甲基) 丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三級丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正己 自曰、(甲基)丙稀酸-2-乙基己醋、(甲基)丙稀酸乙酿氧基乙 酉旨、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(曱基)丙烯酸-2-甲氧基乙g旨、(曱 基)丙埽酸-2-乙氧基乙g旨、(曱基)丙烯酸_2-(2·甲氧基乙氧 基)乙酯、(曱基)丙烯酸環己酯、(曱基)丙烯酸苄酯、聚丙 二醇單曱醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。該些單體可單獨以丨種進 行聚合’也可以使用多種共聚而成者。 而且’如果是可維持所述鹼不溶性的範圍,則可使用 C: 47 201243501 於所述(甲基)丙稀酸酯類單體中共聚有少量的具有緩基、 羥基、環氧乙烷的重複單元、環氧丙烷的重複單元的單體 =成的聚合物。此種單體可列舉丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、丁 婦酸、(X-氣丙烯酸、肉桂酸、馬來酸、富馬酸、衣康酸、 榉康酸、中康酸、ω_羧基聚己内酯單丙烯酸酯、ω-羧基聚 己内酯單曱基丙烯酸酯' 丙烯酸-2-羧基乙酯、甲基丙烯酸 羧基乙酯、馬來酸單烷基酯、富馬酸單烷基酯、4_羧基 苯乙烯、(曱基)丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯、(曱基)丙烯酸羥基 丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-4-羥基丁酯、二乙二醇單甲醚(曱基) 丙烯酸®曰、一乙一醇單乙醚(曱基)丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇單 苯醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇單甲醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三 乙二醇單乙醚(曱基)丙烯酸酯、二丙二醇單曱醚(甲基)丙烯 酸酯、聚乙二醇單甲醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 可優選使用如下的聚合物:於所述(曱基)丙烯酸酯類聚 合物^於其中共聚有少量的具有羧基、羥基、環氧乙烷的 重複單元、環氧丙烷的重複單元的單體而成的聚合物中, 進一步共聚具有環氧基或氧雜環丁基等交聯性基的單體而 成的聚合物。此種單體可列舉丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、曱基丙 稀酸縮水甘油酯、α_乙基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、.正丙基丙 烯酸縮水甘油酯、α_正丁基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、丙烯酸_3,4_ 環氧丁酯、甲基丙烯酸_3,4-環氧丁酯、丙烯酸_6,7-環氧庚 酯、曱基丙烯酸_6,7-環氧庚酯、α_乙基丙烯酸_6,7_環氧庚 酯、鄰乙烯基苄基縮水甘油醚、間乙烯基苄基縮水甘油醚、 對乙烯基苄基縮水甘油醚、日本專利第4168443號公報的 段落0031〜段落〇〇35中所記載的含有脂環族環氧化物骨 48 201243501 架的化合物等。 作。為用以形成具有氧雜環τ基的單體單元的自由 =早體的例子,例如可列舉日本專利特開細挪土扮 =(==;=;段落⑻16中所記載的射氧雜環丁 於該些單财,更優選的單體可_甲絲烯酸縮水 、丙烯酸縮水甘油自旨、日本專利第傾443號公報 j落0034〜段落0035中所記载的含有脂環族環氧化物 月架的化合物及日本專利糾細_33Q953 公報的段落 =〜段落祕中所記載的具有氧雜環丁基的(甲基)丙稀 酉夂酉旨0 自耐熱透明性的觀點考慮,制優選的是源自丙烤酸 (^·乙基氧雜環丁烧_3_基)甲醋、及甲基丙埽酸(3_乙基氧雜 ,丁烷-3-基)曱酯的任意者的單體單元。該些單體單元可 單獨使用1種或者將2種以上組合使用。 乍為成分F的添加量,相對於樹脂組成物的所有固形 物里100重置份而言,優選為3重量份〜4〇重量份,更優 選為5重量份〜35重量份,進一步更優選為8重量份〜3〇 重量份。 (成分G)分散劑 本發明的樹脂組成物優選含有(成分G)分散劑。 分散劑如果是可使(成分B)粒子的分散性提高的分 散劑’則可使用任意分散劑。 此種市售的分散劑可列舉Disperbyk 101、Disperbyk 102、Disperbyk 103、Disperbyk 108、Disperbyk 109、 g 49 201243501Examples of the bisphenol A type epoxy resin include JER827, JER828, JER834, JER1001, JER1002, JER1003, JER1055, JER1007, JER1009, JER1010 (above manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), EPICLON860, EPICLON1050, EPICLON1051, and EPICLON1055 (above Manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd., etc.; bisphenol F type epoxy resins include JER806, JER807, JER4004, JER4005, JER4007, JER4010 (above manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), EPICLON830, EPICLON835 (above manufactured by DIC Corporation) ), LCE-21, RE-602S (the above is manufactured by Sakamoto Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc.; phenol novolac type epoxy resins include JER152, JER154, JER157S65, and JER157S70 (the above is manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation). EPICLON N-740, EPICLON N-740, EHCLON N-770, EPICLON N-775 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), etc.; cresol novolak type epoxy resin can be listed as EPICLON N-660, EPICLON N-665, EPICLON N-670, EPICLON N-673, EPICLON N-680, EPICLON N-690, EPICLON N-695 (above by DIC Co., Ltd. Manufactured), EOCN-1020 (above manufactured by Sakamoto Chemical Co., Ltd.); biphenyl type epoxy resin can be listed as YX-4000, YX-4000H, YL6121H, YL-6640, YL-6677, YX-7399 ( The above is made of Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd., etc.; the naphthalene type epoxy resin may be EPICLON HP-4032D, EPICLON HP-4700 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) or the like; and the epoxy resin having an alicyclic structure may be exemplified by EPICLON. HP-7200 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), XD-1000 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), etc.; aliphatic epoxy resins include ADEKA RESIN EP-4080S, ADEKA RESIN 46 201243501 EP-4085S, ADEKA RESIN EP- 4088S (above manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.), Celloxide 2021P, Celloxide 2081, Celloxide 2083, Celloxide 2085, EHPE 3150, EPOLEAD PB 3600, EPOLEADPB 4700 (above manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and the like. In addition, ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4003S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4010S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4011S (above manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.), NC-2000, NC-3000, NC- 7300, EPPN-501, EPPN-502 (above manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.), JER1031S (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), and the like. These epoxy resins may be used alone or in combination of two or more. As the acrylic resin, a polymer and a copolymer of a (meth) acrylate monomer can be used. Examples of such a monomer include (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylate, (mercapto) acrylate, and (decyl) acrylate. Ester, n-butyl (mercapto) acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, hexamethylene (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylate-2 -ethylhexyl vinegar, (meth)acrylic acid, ethyl oxyacetate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylate 2-methoxy ethane, (mercapto) propionate -2-ethoxyethyl g, (indenyl)acrylic acid 2 - (2. methoxyethoxy) ethyl ester, (decyl) hexyl hexyl acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol Monoterpene ether (meth) acrylate, and the like. These monomers may be polymerized by hydrazine alone or in combination of a plurality of copolymers. Further, 'if it is a range in which the alkali insolubility can be maintained, a small amount of a buffer, a hydroxyl group or an ethylene oxide may be copolymerized in the (meth) acrylate monomer using C: 47 201243501. The repeating unit, the monomer of the repeating unit of propylene oxide = the polymer formed. Examples of such a monomer include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, butyric acid, (X-gas acrylic acid, cinnamic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, citronic acid, mesaconic acid, and ω-carboxyl polycondensate). Lactone monoacrylate, ω-carboxy polycaprolactone monodecyl acrylate '-2-carboxyethyl acrylate, carboxyethyl methacrylate, monoalkyl maleate, monoalkyl fumarate, 4-carboxy styrene, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether (fluorenyl) Acrylic acid 曰, monoethyl alcohol monoethyl ether (mercapto) acrylate, diethylene glycol monophenyl ether (meth) acrylate, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether (meth) acrylate, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether (fluorenyl) acrylate, dipropylene glycol monoterpene ether (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether (meth) acrylate, etc. It is preferred to use a polymer of the above (fluorenyl) acrylate The ester polymer has a small amount of repeating units having a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, an ethylene oxide, and a weight of propylene oxide. Further, a polymer obtained by copolymerizing a monomer having a crosslinkable group such as an epoxy group or an oxetanyl group in a polymer of a monomer of the unit. Examples of such a monomer include glycidyl acrylate and fluorenyl group. Glycidyl acrylate, α-glycidyl methacrylate, glycidyl propyl acrylate, glycidyl α-n-butyl acrylate, _3,4_butylene acrylate, methacrylic acid _3 , 4-epoxybutyl acrylate, _6,7-epoxyheptyl acrylate, _6,7-epoxyheptyl methacrylate, α_ethyl acrylate _6,7-epoxyheptyl ester, o-vinyl Benzyl glycidyl ether, m-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, p-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, alicyclic epoxide containing aliquots as described in paragraphs 0031 to 35 of Japanese Patent No. 4,184,443 48 201243501 The compound of the rack, etc. is an example of a free form of the monomer unit for forming an oxo-hetero group, and for example, a Japanese patent special open dress = (==;=; paragraph (8) The oxirane described in 16 is used in the monopoly, and more preferably the monomer can be condensed with methyl methacrylate. The compound containing the alicyclic epoxide matrix described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 443, paragraph 0034 to paragraph 0035, and the paragraph of the Japanese Patent Correction _33Q953. The (meth) propyl group having an oxetanyl group described in the above is preferably derived from a propene acid (^·ethyloxeane _ from the viewpoint of heat-resistant transparency). a monomer unit of any of methyl ketone and methyl propyl phthalate (3-ethyl oxa, butan-3-yl) decyl ester. These monomer units may be used alone or in combination. Two or more types are used in combination. The amount of the component F added is preferably 3 parts by weight to 4 parts by weight, more preferably 5 parts by weight to 35 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of all solid contents of the resin composition. The part by weight is still more preferably 8 parts by weight to 3 parts by weight. (Component G) Dispersant The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains (Component G) a dispersant. Any dispersing agent can be used if the dispersing agent is a dispersing agent which can improve the dispersibility of the (component B) particles. Such commercially available dispersing agents include Disperbyk 101, Disperbyk 102, Disperbyk 103, Disperbyk 108, Disperbyk 109, g 49 201243501.

Disperbyk 100、Disperbyk 111、Disperbyk 112、Disperbyk 116、Disperbyk 130、Disperbyk 140、Disperbyk 142、 Disperbyk 145、Disperbyk 161、Disperbyk 162、Disperbyk 163、Disperbyk 164、Disperbyk 166、Disperbyk 167、 Disperbyk 168、Disperbyk 170、Disperbyk 174、Disperbyk 180、Disperbyk 182、Disperbyk 183、Disperbyk 185、 Disperbyk 190、Disperbyk 191、Disperbyk 193、Disperbyk 194、Disperbyk 198、Disperbyk 2000、Disperbyk 2001、 Disperbyk 2008、Disperbyk 2009'Disperbyk 2010、Disperbyk 2012、Disperbyk 2015、Disperbyk 2022、Disperbyk 2025、 Disperbyk 2050、Disperbyk 2070、Disperbyk 2096、Disperbyk 2150、Disperbyk 2155、Disperbyk 2163、Disperbyk 2164、 Disperbyk-Pl04、Disperbyk-P104S、Disperbyk 105 (以上 由 BYKChemie 公司製造)、EFKA4008、EFKA4009、EFKA 4010、EFKA 4015、EFKA 4020、EFKA 4046、EFKA 4047、 EFKA 4050、EFKA 4055、EFKA 4060、EFKA 4080、EFKA 4400、EFKA 44(U、EFKA 4402、EFKA 4403、EFKA 4406、 EFKA 4408、EFKA 4300、EFKA 4330、EFKA 4340、EFKA 4015 ' EFKA 4800 ' EFKA 5010 ' EFKA 5065 &gt; EFKA 5066 &gt; EFKA5070、EFKA7500、EFKA7554 (以上由汽巴精化有 限公司製造);Solsperse 3000、Solsperse 9000、Solsperse 13000、Solsperse 16000、Solsperse 17000、Solsperse 18000、 Solsperse 20000、Solsperse 21000、Solsperse 24000、 Solsperse 26000、Solsperse 27000、Solsperse 28000、 Solsperse 32000、Solsperse 32500、Solsperse 32550、 £ 50 201243501Disperbyk 100, Disperbyk 111, Disperbyk 112, Disperbyk 116, Disperbyk 130, Disperbyk 140, Disperbyk 142, Disperbyk 145, Disperbyk 161, Disperbyk 162, Disperbyk 163, Disperbyk 164, Disperbyk 166, Disperbyk 167, Disperbyk 168, Disperbyk 170, Disperbyk 174 , Disperbyk 180, Disperbyk 182, Disperbyk 183, Disperbyk 185, Disperbyk 190, Disperbyk 191, Disperbyk 193, Disperbyk 194, Disperbyk 198, Disperbyk 2000, Disperbyk 2001, Disperbyk 2008, Disperbyk 2009 'Disperbyk 2010, Disperbyk 2012, Disperbyk 2015, Disperbyk 2022, Disperbyk 2025, Disperbyk 2050, Disperbyk 2070, Disperbyk 2096, Disperbyk 2150, Disperbyk 2155, Disperbyk 2163, Disperbyk 2164, Disperbyk-Pl04, Disperbyk-P104S, Disperbyk 105 (above BYKChemie), EFKA4008, EFKA4009, EFKA 4010 , EFKA 4015, EFKA 4020, EFKA 4046, EFKA 4047, EFKA 4050, EFKA 4055, EFKA 4060, EFKA 4080, EFKA 4400, EFKA 44 (U, EFKA 4402, EFKA 4403, EFKA 4406, EFKA 4408, EFKA 4300, EFK A 4330, EFKA 4340, EFKA 4015 ' EFKA 4800 ' EFKA 5010 ' EFKA 5065 &gt; EFKA 5066 &gt; EFKA 5070 , EFKA 7500 , EFKA7554 (above manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd.); Solsperse 3000, Solsperse 9000, Solsperse 13000, Solsperse 16000, Solsperse 17000, Solsperse 18000, Solsperse 20000, Solsperse 21000, Solsperse 24000, Solsperse 26000, Solsperse 27000, Solsperse 28000, Solsperse 32000, Solsperse 32500, Solsperse 32550, £50 201243501

Solsperse 33500、Solsperse 35100、Solsperse 35200、 Solsperse 36000、Solsperse 36600、Solsperse 38500、 Solsperse 41000、Solsperse 41090、Solsperse 20000、 Solsperse D540 (以上由路博潤公司製造);Ajisper PA111、 Ajisper PB711 ' Ajisper PB821 ' Ajisper PB822 ' Ajisper PB824 (以上由 Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co·,Inc.製造); Disparlon 1850、Disparlon 1860、Disparlon 2150、Disparlon 7004、Disparlon DA-100、Disparlon DA-234、Disparlon DA-325、Disparlon DA-375、Disparlon DA-705、Disparlon DA-725、Disparlon PW-36 (以上由倘本化成股份有限公司 製造);及 FLOWLEN DOPA-14、FLOWLEN DOPA-15B、 FLOWLEN DOPA-17、FLOWLEN DOPA-22、FLOWLEN DOPA-44、FLOWLEN TG-710、FLOWLEN D-90 (以上由 共榮化學工業股份有限公司製造)、ANTI-TERRA-205 (BYKChemie公司製造)等。 分散劑可使用1種或者將2種以上組合使用。 特別是於本發明中,分散劑優選使用具有規定酸值的 分散劑(以下還稱為“酸值分散劑”)。酸值分散劑於無機粒 子上的吸附性良好,結果可獲得良好的分散性,且可使顏 料分散體的粘度變低。酸值分散劑的具體例可列舉Solsperse 33500, Solsperse 35100, Solsperse 35200, Solsperse 36000, Solsperse 36600, Solsperse 38500, Solsperse 41000, Solsperse 41090, Solsperse 20000, Solsperse D540 (above manufactured by The Lubrizol Corporation); Ajisper PA111, Ajisper PB711 'Ajisper PB821 ' Ajisper PB822 'Ajisper PB824 (above manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Inc.); Disparlon 1850, Disparlon 1860, Disparlon 2150, Disparlon 7004, Disparlon DA-100, Disparlon DA-234, Disparlon DA-325, Disparlon DA-375, Disparlon DA-705, Disparlon DA-725, Disparlon PW-36 (above manufactured by Shihua Chemical Co., Ltd.); and FLOWLEN DOPA-14, FLOWLEN DOPA-15B, FLOWLEN DOPA-17, FLOWLEN DOPA-22, FLOWLEN DOPA- 44. FLOWLEN TG-710, FLOWLEN D-90 (above manufactured by Kyoei Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), ANTI-TERRA-205 (manufactured by BYK Chemie Co., Ltd.), and the like. The dispersing agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Particularly in the present invention, the dispersing agent is preferably a dispersing agent having a predetermined acid value (hereinafter also referred to as "acid value dispersing agent"). The acid value dispersant has good adsorptivity to inorganic particles, and as a result, good dispersibility can be obtained, and the viscosity of the pigment dispersion can be made low. Specific examples of the acid value dispersant can be enumerated

Disperbyk P104、Disperbyk P104S、Disperbyk 220S、 Disperbyk 110、Disperbyk 111、Disperbyk 170、Disperbyk 171、Disperbyk 174、Disperbyk 2095 (以上由 BYK Chemie 公司製造);EFKA 5010、EFKA 5065、EFKA 5066、EFKA 5070、EFKA 7500、EFKA 7554 (以上由汽巴精化有限公 £; 51 201243501 司製造);Solsperse 3000、Solsperse 16000、Solsperse 17000、Solsperse 18000、Solsperse 36000、Solsperse 36600、 Solsperse41000 (以上由路博潤公司製造)等。 本發明的樹脂組成物中的分散劑的含量,優選相對於 成分B的含量100重量份而言為50重量份〜3,000重量 份,更優選為100重量份〜2,000重量份,進一步更優選為 150重量份〜1,500重量份。 &lt;其他成分&gt; 本發明的樹脂組成物還可以含有所述成分A〜成分G 以外的其他成分。 作為其他成分,自感光度的觀點考慮,優選添加(成 分H)增感劑或(成分】)顯影促進劑。 另外’作為本發明的樹脂組成物,自基板密接性的觀 點考慮,優選含有(成分J)密接改良劑;自液體保存穩 定性的觀點考慮,優選含有(成分κ)鹼性化合物;自塗 布性的觀點考慮’優選含有(成分L)表面活性劑(氟類 表面活性劑、矽酮類表面活性劑等)。 另外’可視需要而於本發明的樹脂組成物_加入(成 分抗氧化劑、(成分N)增塑劑、(成分〇)熱自由基 産生劑、(成分P)熱産酸劑、(成分q)酸增殖劑、紫外 線吸收劑、增稠劑、及有機或無機的防沉澱劑等公知的添 加劑。 以下, 以說明。 對本發明的樹脂組成物所可包含的其他成分加 (成分H)增感劑 s 52 201243501 於本發明的樹脂組成物中,在與前述的(成分D)光 酸產生劑的組合中,為了促進其分解而可以添加(成分H) 增感劑。 增感劑吸收活性光線或放射線而成為激發態。成為激 發態的增感劑與光酸產生劑接觸,産生電子移動、能量移 動、發熱等作用。光酸產生劑由此産生化學變化而分解, 生成酸。 優選的增感劑的例子可列舉屬於以下的化合物類,且 於350 nm〜450 nm的區域中具有吸收波長的化合物。 多核芳香族類(例如芘、茈、三亞苯、蒽)、氧雜蒽類 (例如熒光素、曙紅、赤蘚紅、羅丹明B、孟加拉玫瑰紅)、 氧雜蒽@同類(例如氧雜蒽g同、嘆。頓酮、二曱基。塞嘲g同、二 乙基噻噸酮)、花菁類(例如噻碳菁、噁碳菁)、部花青類 (例如部花青、碳部花青)、若丹菁(rhodacyanie)類、氧雜 菁類、。塞嗪類(例如硫寧(thionine)、亞曱基藍、曱苯胺藍)、 吖°疋類(例如吖咬撥、氣黃素、吖咬黃素)、吖咬目同類(例 如吖σ定酮、10-丁基氣吖咬酮)、蒽醌類(例如蒽@昆)、 方酸菁(squarylium Cyanine)類(例如方酸菁)、笨乙烯類、 鹼性苯乙烯類、香豆素類(例如7_二乙基氨基_4_甲基香豆 素)°亥些增感劑中特別優選憲類、°丫咬_類、香豆素類、 驗性苯乙烯類。 增感劑可使用市售的增感劑,還可以利用公知的合 方法而合成。 作為增感劑的添加量,自兼顧感光度、达明性的觀點 考虑相對於(成分D)光酸產生劑100重量份而言優選Disperbyk P104, Disperbyk P104S, Disperbyk 220S, Disperbyk 110, Disperbyk 111, Disperbyk 170, Disperbyk 171, Disperbyk 174, Disperbyk 2095 (above BYK Chemie); EFKA 5010, EFKA 5065, EFKA 5066, EFKA 5070, EFKA 7500, EFKA 7554 (above by Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd.; 51 201243501); Solsperse 3000, Solsperse 16000, Solsperse 17000, Solsperse 18000, Solsperse 36000, Solsperse 36600, Solsperse 41000 (above by Lubrizol). The content of the dispersing agent in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 50 parts by weight to 3,000 parts by weight, more preferably 100 parts by weight to 2,000 parts by weight, still more preferably 150, based on 100 parts by weight of the component B. Parts by weight to 1,500 parts by weight. &lt;Other components&gt; The resin composition of the present invention may further contain other components than the components A to G. As the other component, it is preferable to add (component H) sensitizer or (component) development accelerator from the viewpoint of sensitivity. In addition, the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains (Component J) adhesion improving agent from the viewpoint of adhesion of the substrate, and preferably contains (component κ) basic compound from the viewpoint of liquid storage stability; self-coating property The viewpoint considers that it is preferable to contain (component L) surfactant (fluorine-based surfactant, anthrone-based surfactant, etc.). In addition, the resin composition of the present invention may be added (component antioxidant, (component N) plasticizer, (component 〇) thermal radical generator, (component P) thermal acid generator, (component q)) A known additive such as an acid multiplier, a UV absorber, a thickener, and an organic or inorganic anti-precipitant. Hereinafter, the component (component H) sensitizer may be added to other components which may be contained in the resin composition of the present invention. s 52 201243501 In the resin composition of the present invention, in combination with the above-mentioned (component D) photoacid generator, (component H) sensitizer may be added in order to promote decomposition thereof. The sensitizer absorbs active light or The radiation is in an excited state, and the sensitizer which is in an excited state is brought into contact with the photoacid generator to cause movement of electrons, energy movement, heat generation, etc. The photoacid generator is chemically changed to be decomposed to generate an acid. Examples of the agent include compounds belonging to the following compounds and having an absorption wavelength in a region of 350 nm to 450 nm. Polynuclear aromatics (e.g., ruthenium, osmium, triphenylene, anthracene), oxalate Classes (such as fluorescein, blush, red erythroside, rhodamine B, bengal rose red), xanthenes @similar (such as oxazepine g, sigh. ketone, diterpene. Ethylthioxanthone), cyanines (e.g., thiocarbonate, carbocyanine), merocyanines (e.g., merocyanine, carbon merocyanine), rhodacyanie, oxaphthalocyanine, Sexazines (such as thionine, fluorenyl blue, indole quinone blue), 吖 ° 疋 (such as biting, flavonoids, flavonoids), biting the same kind (such as 吖σ Ketone, 10-butyl ketone ketone), guanidines (such as 蒽@昆), squarylium Cyanine (such as squaraine), stupid vinyl, basic styrene, coumarin Among the sensitizers, such as genus, 丫 、, coumarin, and styrene, are particularly preferred among the sensitizers (for example, 7-diethylamino-4-methyl coumarin). A commercially available sensitizer can be used, and it can also be synthesized by a well-known method. The amount of the sensitizer added is based on (component D) photoacid from the viewpoint of sensitivity and clarity. More preferably 100 parts by weight of the generating agent

C 53 201243501 為20重莖份〜300重量份,特別優選為3〇重量份〜2〇〇 重量份。 (成分I)顯影促進劑 本發明的,脂喊物優選含有(成分I)顯影促進劑。 為(成分I)顯影促進劑,可使用具有顯影促進效果 的任意化合物’優選為具有選自由羧基、陳祕、及伸 烷基氧基(alkylene oxy gr〇up)所構成的群組的至少i種結 構的化合物’更優選為具錢基絲錄基的化合物。特 ,優選具有被酸離解性基保護_基或雜綠的化合 物。 ^成^刀i)顯影促進劑的分子 nr; ±L· ’ ’更優選為15〇〜1,500,特別優選為15〇〜i,·。 列兴^貝影Γ進劑的例子’具有伸炫基氧基的化合物可 歹J牛聚乙—醇、聚乙二醇的甲醚、 9·222724號公報中所_化合㈣。 特開+ 公報列IS專利特開2〇〇〇摘06號 10 20训味1號公報、日本專利特開平 # μ〜么報、曰本專利特開平11-338150號公報等中 所記載的化合物。 现C 53 201243501 is 20 parts by weight to 300 parts by weight, particularly preferably 3 parts by weight to 2 parts by weight. (Component I) Development Accelerator In the present invention, the liposome preferably contains (Component I) a development accelerator. As the (component I) development accelerator, any compound having a development promoting effect can be used, which is preferably at least i selected from the group consisting of a carboxyl group, an alkylene oxychrome, and an alkylene oxy group. The compound of the structure 'is more preferably a compound having a money base. Specifically, a compound having an acid dissociable group-protected group or a greenish group is preferred. The molecule nr; ±L· ' ' is more preferably 15 〇 to 1,500, and particularly preferably 15 〇 to i, . An example of a Lexon-Beiying agent is a compound having a rhodium-based oxy group which can be synthesized by the method of J-brown poly-alcohol, methyl ether of polyethylene glycol, and Japanese Patent No. 9.222724.特 + IS IS IS IS IS IS IS IS IS IS IS IS IS IS IS IS IS IS 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 . Now

具有酚性羥基的化合物可列舉日本專利M 號公報、日本專_种职 日專Η寺開平9-194415號公報、曰本專利^ 公報、日本專利特開平U_17181G號公i开日 本專利特開20(^^6號公報 ^報、日 報日本專利特開2〇〇3 43679號公報等中所The compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group can be exemplified by Japanese Patent No. M, Japanese Patent No. 9-194415, Japanese Patent No. 9-194415, Japanese Patent No. U_17181G, and Japanese Patent Special Open 20 (^^6 bulletin ^ newspaper, Japanese newspaper Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2〇〇3 43679, etc.

S 54 201243501 記載的化合物。該些化合物中適宜的h —班 個的紛化合物,更適宜的是苯環數環數為2個〜1〇 1種’還可以並 乍曰為樹脂組成物中的(成分I)顯〜 添加ϊ,自感光度與殘膜率的觀點考戾,八肩衫促進 含量100重量份而t,優選為01 $ U對於成分八的 優選為0.2重量份〜20曹晋松,jil yK 〇重里份, 物。特別優選的顯影促進劑可列舉1S1〜5個的酚化合 10-133366號公報中揭示為溶解促進;專利特開; (成分I)顯影促進劑可單猸蚀 、-化合物。 用2 種以上 劑的 更 10 ’最優選為0.5重量份. 優選為0.2重量份〜20重量份 重量份。 (成分J)密接改良劑 本發明的樹脂組成物優選含有(成分 可於本發明的樹脂組成物中使用的/八在按改良劑。 劑是使成為基板的無機物(例如矽、童成/刀J)密接改良 化合物’金、銅、銘等金屬)與絕緣=接以= ί本;明中所使用的(成分”密接改良劑的石夕丄2 疋以表面改*為目的的化合物’並無特別限定 知的密接改良劑。 優選的石夕烧偶聯劑例如可列舉 &gt;氨基丙基三甲氧基石夕 烧、γ-氨基丙基三乙氧基魏、γ,水甘油氧基丙基三烧 氧基石夕烧、γ-縮水甘油氧基丙基烷基二烷氧基矽烷、γ甲 基丙烯I!氧基丙基三烧氧基⑪院、γ,甲基丙雜氧基丙基 烧基二烧氧基⑦烧、γ-氯丙基三崎基雜、㈣基丙基 £ 55 201243501 三烷氧基矽烷、|3-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三烷氧基矽烷、乙 烯基三烷氧基矽烷。 該些矽烷偶聯劑中更優選γ _縮水甘油氧基丙基三烷氧 基矽烷及γ-曱基丙烯醯氧基丙基三烷氧基矽烷,進一步更 優選γ-縮水甘油氧基丙基三烷氧基矽烷。 該些化合物可單獨使用丨種或者將2種以上組合使用。 胃作為本發明的樹脂組成物中的(成分J)密接改良劑的 3 =,相對於成分Α的含量1〇〇重量份而言,優選為〇1 重量份〜20重量份,更優選為0.5重量份〜1〇重量份。 (成分K)驗性化合物 本發明的樹脂組成物優選含有(成分K)鹼性化合物。 _(成分K)鹼性化合物可自化學增幅抗蝕劑中所使用的 物中任意選擇而使用。例如可列舉脂肪族胺、芳香族 胺、雜環式胺、氫氧化四級銨、及羧酸的四級銨鹽等。 一脂肪族胺例如可列舉三曱基胺、二乙基胺、三乙基胺、 一^丙基胺、三正丙基胺、二正戊基胺、三正戊基胺、二 乙醇,f、三乙醇胺、二環己基胺、二環己基甲基胺等。 一 *芳香族胺例如可列舉苯胺、苯甲胺、N,N_二甲基笨胺、 二苯基胺等。 雜環式胺例如可列舉吡啶、2-甲基吡啶、4·甲基吡啶、 甲乙基吡啶、4_乙基吡啶、2-苯基吡啶、4-苯基吡啶、N_ I基苯基吡啶、4_二甲氨基吡啶、咪唑、苯並咪唑、4_ 基米唑、2-苯基苯並咪唑、2,4,5三苯基咪唑、烟驗、烟 人烟酿胺、喹琳、8_經基喹琳、吡唤、吼。坐、噠嗪、嗓 7、D比咯烷、呱啶、呱嗪、嗎啉、4_甲基嗎啉、丨,^二氮雜S 54 201243501 The compound described. Among these compounds, a suitable compound of h-class, more preferably, the number of rings of the benzene ring is 2 to 1〇1, and it can also be converted into a resin composition (ingredient I). ϊ, from the viewpoint of sensitivity and residual film rate, the splayed shirt promotes the content of 100 parts by weight and t, preferably 01 $ U is preferably 0.2 parts by weight for the component 8% ~ 20 Cao Jinsong, jil yK 〇 heavy parts, . Particularly preferred development accelerators are exemplified by 1S 1 to 5 phenol compounds 10-133366, which are disclosed as dissolution promotion; patents; (Component I) development accelerators can be single-etched, - compounds. More preferably, 10 or more parts of the two or more agents are 0.5 parts by weight. It is preferably 0.2 parts by weight to 20 parts by weight. (Component J) Adhesive Modifier The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains (the component can be used in the resin composition of the present invention, or the modifier is used as an inorganic substance (for example, 矽, 童成/刀J) the adhesion-improving compound 'metal, copper, metal, etc.) and the insulation = followed by = ί; the compound used in the Ming Dynasty (the composition of the adhesion modifier of the 丄 丄 2 疋 表面 表面 表面 表面 表面 表面 表面 表面The adhesion improving agent is not particularly limited. Preferred examples of the ceramsite coupling agent include &gt;aminopropyltrimethoxycarbazide, γ-aminopropyltriethoxywei, γ, and glyceryloxypropyl group. Trisodium oxide, γ-glycidoxypropyl alkyl dialkoxy decane, γ-methyl propylene I! oxypropyl trisodium oxide 11 hospital, γ, methyl propoxy propyl Pyridyl 2,oxy 7 calcination, γ-chloropropyl sarsyl, (tetra)propyl propyl 55 55 201243501 trialkoxy decane, |3-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrialkoxy矽 、, vinyl trialkoxy decane. Among these decane coupling agents, γ-glycidoxypropyl trialkoxy decane and γ-fluorenyl group are more preferable. Further, propylene methoxy propyl trialkyloxy decane is further more preferably γ-glycidoxypropyl trialkoxy decane. These compounds may be used singly or in combination of two or more. 3 = of the (component J) adhesion improving agent in the resin composition is preferably 〇1 part by weight to 20 parts by weight, more preferably 0.5 part by weight to 1 part by weight based on 1 part by weight of the component Α. (Component K) Authentic Compound The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains (Component K) a basic compound. _ (Component K) The basic compound can be arbitrarily selected from those used in the chemical amplification resist. Examples thereof include an aliphatic amine, an aromatic amine, a heterocyclic amine, a quaternary ammonium hydroxide, and a quaternary ammonium salt of a carboxylic acid. Examples of the aliphatic amine include tridecylamine and diethylamine. , triethylamine, monopropylamine, tri-n-propylamine, di-n-pentylamine, tri-n-pentylamine, diethanol, f, triethanolamine, dicyclohexylamine, dicyclohexylmethylamine, etc. Examples of the mono-arylamine include aniline, benzylamine, N,N-dimethylamine, Diphenylamine, etc. Examples of the heterocyclic amine include pyridine, 2-methylpyridine, 4-methylpyridine, methylethylpyridine, 4-ethylpyridine, 2-phenylpyridine, 4-phenylpyridine, N_. I-phenyl pyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, imidazole, benzimidazole, 4-pyrimazole, 2-phenylbenzimidazole, 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole, smog, smoker, amine Quinolin, 8_g-quinoline, pyridinium, oxime, sit, pyridazine, oxime 7, D-pyrrolidine, acridine, pyridazine, morpholine, 4-methylmorpholine, hydrazine, diazepine

S 56 201243501 雙環[4.3.〇]-5-壬烯、1,8·二氮雜雙環[5.3.〇]-7-十一碳烯等。 氫氧化四級銨例如可列舉四曱基氫氧化銨、四乙基气 乳化錢、四正丁基氯氧化敍、四正己基氫氧化銨等。 羧酸的四級銨鹽例如可列舉四曱基乙酸銨、四甲基苯 曱酸銨、四正丁基乙酸銨、四正丁基苯曱酸錢等。 本發明中可使用的鹼性化合物可單獨使用1種,也可 以並用2種以上。 作為本發明的樹脂組成物中的(成分K)鹼性化合物 的含量’相對於成分A的含量1〇〇重量份而言,優選為 0.001重量份〜1重量份,更優選為0.002重量份〜〇2重 量份。 (成分L)表面活性劑(氟類表面活性劑、石夕_類表面 活性劑等) ' 本發明的樹脂組成物優選含有(成分L)表面活性劑 (氣類表面活性劑、石夕酮類表面活性劑等)。 表面活性劑可列舉包含下述所示的結構單元A與結構 單元B的共聚物(3)作為優選例。該共聚物的重量平均 分子量(Mw)優選為1,000以上;ι〇,0〇〇以下,更優選為 1,500以上5,000以下。重量平均分子量是利用凝膠滲透色 譜儀(GPC)而測定的聚苯乙烯換算值。S 56 201243501 Bicyclo[4.3.〇]-5-pinene, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.3.〇]-7-undecene and the like. Examples of the quaternary ammonium hydroxide include tetradecyl ammonium hydroxide, tetraethyl emulsified alcohol, tetra-n-butyl chlorohydroxide, tetra-n-hexyl ammonium hydroxide, and the like. Examples of the quaternary ammonium salt of the carboxylic acid include tetradecyl ammonium acetate, ammonium tetramethyl benzoate, tetra-n-butyl ammonium acetate, and tetra-n-butyl benzoic acid. The basic compound which can be used in the present invention may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The content of the (component K) basic compound in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.001 part by weight to 1 part by weight, more preferably 0.002 part by weight, per part by weight of the component A. 〇 2 parts by weight. (Component L) Surfactant (Fluorine Surfactant, Astragalus Surfactant, etc.) The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains (Component L) a surfactant (a gas surfactant, a sulphate) Surfactant, etc.). The surfactant (3) comprising the structural unit A and the structural unit B shown below is exemplified as a preferred example of the surfactant. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the copolymer is preferably 1,000 or more; 10 Å or less, more preferably 1,500 or more and 5,000 or less. The weight average molecular weight is a value in terms of polystyrene measured by a gel permeation chromatograph (GPC).

£ 57 201243501 於共聚物(3)中,1121及^八… 基,R22表示魏為1以上4以%別獨立地表示氫原子或甲 氫原子或碳數為1以上4以τ阶的直?伸烧基山,R24表示 上6以下的伸烷基,p及 二土,表不碳數為3以 表示10 wt%以上80 wt°/Q以下^來口比的重罝百分率,p 90 wt%以下的數值,Γ表示^值,q表示2〇 wt%以上 1以上10以下的整數。 18以下的整數,n表示 結構單元8中的L優選為下述式⑷所表示的伸炫基。 &gt;25 (4) •CHgCH- 於式(4)中,R25表示碳數 為1以上3以下的烷基,更考慮優選為碳數 而且,優選p與q的和(=為,數為2或3的烧基。 loowt%。 q〕為 p+q^ioo,亦即 作為氟類表面活性劑、石夕 體而言可列舉曰本專利特開昭 ^面活性劑的例子,具 昭61-226746號、日本專利特 663唬、日本專利特開 利特開昭必聰〇號、日本 本專利_平7·230165號、日本63·3侧號、日 B 9-54432 „ ^' 2001-330953 ' 性劑’還可以使用市售的表面活性劑。:;==面活 面活性劑例如可列舉£ftopEF301、EF303 (以上由二f表 田二菱综 58 201243501 合材料電子化成股份有限公司製造)、FluoradFC430、431 (以上由住友3M股份有限公司製造)、Megafac F171、 F780F、F173、F176、F189、R08 (以上由 DIC 股份有限 公司製造)、Surflon S-382、SC01、102、103、104、105、 106 (以上由旭硝子股份有限公司製造)、p〇lyF〇x系列 (OMNOVA公司製造)等氟類表面活性劑或矽酮類表面活 性劑。而且,還可以使用矽酮烷聚合物κρ-341 (信越化學 工業股份有限公司製造)作為矽酮類表面活性劑。 该些表面活性劑可單獨使用丨種或者將2種以上混合 使用。而且,還可以將氟類表面活性劑與矽酮類表面活性 劑並用。 作為本發明的樹脂組成物中的(成分L)表面活性劑 (氟類表面活_、賴類表面活性解)的添加量,相對 於成分A的含量100重量份而言,優選為1〇重量份以下, 更優選為0.01重量份^1〇者旦々\ 、佐. 重量份〜!重量I 重⑽,進—步更優選為_ (成分M)抗氧化劑 通過樹脂組成物還可以含有(成分m)抗氧化劑。 者可減低由於分解所造成的膜厚減少。 次 作為(成分Μ)抗氧化劑,可含有 此種抗氧化劑例如可列舉磷類抗氧化劑:=减f。 亞硫酸鋅、糖類、亞硝酸鹽、亞硫酸趟、酸類、 胺衍生物等。該些化合物中,自硬化“; £ 59 201243501 的觀點考慮,特別優選紛類抗氧化劑。該些化合物可單獨 使用1種,還可以混合使用2種以上。 酚類抗氧化劑的市售品例如可列舉Adekastab AO-60、 Adekastab AO-80 (以上由ADEKA股份有限公司製造)、 Irganox 1098 (日本汽巴股份有限公司製造)。 作為(成分M)抗氧化劑的含量,相對於樹脂組成物 的所有固形物而言優選為〇_1 wt%〜6 wt〇/0,更優選為〇.2 wt%〜5 wt% ’特別優選為〇.5 wt%〜4 wt%。通過使其為 該範圍,可獲得所形成的膜的充分的透明性,且圖案形成 時的感光度也變良好。 而且,作為抗氧化劑以外的添加劑,還可以將“高分子 添加劑的新擴展(日刊工業新聞社),,中所記載的各種紫外 線吸收劑或金屬減活劑等添加於本發明的樹脂組成物中。 (成分N)增塑劑 本發明的樹脂組成物還可以含有(成分N)增塑劑。 (成分N)增塑劑例如可列舉鄰苯二曱酸二丁酯、鄰笨 一甲^二辛酯、鄰苯二甲酸二(十二烷基)酯、聚乙二醇、 丙二醇、二曱基丙三醇鄰笨二曱酸酯、酒石酸二丁酯、己 二酸二辛酯、三乙醯基丙三醇等。 旦作為本發明的樹脂组成物中的(成分N)增塑劑的含 =,相對於成分A的含量1〇〇重量份而言,優選為〇』重 里伤〜30重量份’更優選為1重量份〜10重量份。 (成分Ο)熱自由基產生劑 本發明的樹脂組成物還可以包含(成分〇)熱自由基 m在含有如具有乙雜不飽和雙鍵的化合物這樣的 201243501 乙烯性不飽和化合物時’優選含有(成分〇)熱自由基產 生劑。熱自由基産生劑可使用公知的熱自由基産生劑。 熱自由基産生劑是由於熱的能量而産生自由基,從而 開始或促進聚合性化合物的聚合反應的化合物。通過添加 熱自由基産生劑,存在使所得的硬化膜變得更强韌,使耐 熱性、耐溶劑性提高的情況。 優選的熱自由基産生劑可列舉芳香族酮類、鏽鹽化合 物、有機過氧化物、硫代化合物、六芳基二咪唑化合物、 酮肟酯化合物、硼酸鹽化合物、嗪鏽化合物、二茂金屬化 合物、活性酯化合物、具有碳齒鍵的化合物、偶氮類化合 物、聯苄化合物等。 (成分〇)熱自由基産生劑可單獨使用丨種,也可以並 用2種以上。 作為本發明的樹脂組成物中的(成分〇)熱自由基產 ^劑的含量,自提高膜物性的觀點考慮,於將成分Α的含 里ό又為100重量份時,優選為〇 重量份〜重量份,更 優選為0.1重量份〜20重量份,最優選為〇 5重量份〜1〇 重量份。 (成分Ρ)熱産酸劑 本發明的樹脂組成物還可以含有(成分Ρ)熱産酸劑。 所謂熱產酸劑是由於熱而産生酸的化合物,是熱分解 點優選為13(TC〜25(TC、更優選為15(rc〜220。〇的範圍的 化合物’例如是可由於加熱而産生磺酸、羧酸、二磺醯亞 胺等低親核性酸的化合物。 産生的Ssl優遥為pKa强至2以下的續酸或被吸電子基 201243501 取代的烷基羧酸或芳基羧酸、同樣被吸電子基取代的二磺 醯亞胺等。吸電子基可列舉氟原子等鹵素原子、三氟甲基 等鹵烷基、硝基、氰基。 而且,於本發明中還優選使用實質上並不由於曝光光 線的照射而産生酸,而是由於熱而產生酸的磺酸酯。熱產 酸劑的分子量優選為230〜1,〇〇〇,更優選為230〜800。 作為熱産酸劑於樹脂組成物中的含量,相對於成分A 的含量100重量份而言,優選為〇 5重量份〜20重量份, 特別優選為1重量份〜15重量份。 (成分Q)酸增殖劑 本發明的樹脂組成物可以為了提高感光度而使用(成 分Q)酸增殖劑。於本發明中所使用的酸增殖劑是可以通 過酸催化劑反應而進一步產生酸’從而使反應系統内的酸 濃度上升的化合物,且是於不存在酸的狀態下穩定地存在 的化合物。此種化合物可以在1次反應中增加丨個以上的 St,因此k者反應的進行而使反應加速進行,所產生的酸 自身誘發自我分解,因此此處所産生的酸的强度優選為酸 離解常數pKa為3以下,特別優選為2以下。 酸增殖劑的具體例可列舉日本專利特開平1〇_15〇8號 么報的#又洛0203〜#又洛0223、日本專利特開平ι〇·282642 號公報的段落0016〜段落0055、及日本專利特表平 9-512498號公報第39頁第12行〜第47頁第2行中^記 載的化合物。 可於本發明中使用的酸增殖劑可列舉能夠由於産酸劑 所產生的酸而分解,産生如下的pKa為3以下的酸的化合£ 57 201243501 In the copolymer (3), 1121 and 八..., R22 represents that Wei is 1 or more and 4 is independently represented by a hydrogen atom or a hydrogen atom, or a carbon number is 1 or more and 4 is a straight line of τ order. Extending the base of the mountain, R24 means the alkyl group below 6 and the p and the second soil. The carbon number of the table is 3 to indicate the percentage of heavy weight of 10 wt% or more and 80 wt ° / Q or less. p 90 wt% The following numerical values represent ^, and q represents an integer of 2 〇 wt% or more and 1 or more and 10 or less. An integer of 18 or less, n represents that L in the structural unit 8 is preferably a stretching group represented by the following formula (4). &gt;25 (4) • CHgCH- In the formula (4), R25 represents an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 or more and 3 or less, and more preferably a carbon number, and preferably a sum of p and q (= is, the number is 2 Or a burning base of 3. loowt%. q] is p+q^ioo, that is, as a fluorine-based surfactant, and a stone-like body, an example of the patented special-opening active agent can be cited. -226746, Japanese Patent Special 663唬, Japanese Patent Special Kelly Open Zhao Bicong No., Japanese Patent _Ping 7·230165, Japan 63·3 Side No., Japanese B 9-54432 „ ^' 2001- For the 330953 'sex agent', a commercially available surfactant can also be used. For example, the surface active agent can be exemplified by £ftopEF301 and EF303 (the above is manufactured by the two f-field Tianling comprehensive 58 201243501 materials electronic company) , FluoradFC430, 431 (above manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.), Megafac F171, F780F, F173, F176, F189, R08 (above manufactured by DIC Corporation), Surflon S-382, SC01, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106 (above manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), p〇lyF〇x series (manufactured by OMNOVA), etc. A fluorine-based surfactant or an anthrone-based surfactant. Further, an anthrone-based polymer κρ-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) can be used as an anthrone-based surfactant. The fluorochemical surfactant and the fluorenone surfactant may be used in combination. The (component L) surfactant (fluorinated surface) in the resin composition of the present invention may be used. The amount of the active ingredient and the surface active solution of the lysate is preferably 1 part by weight or less, more preferably 0.01 part by weight, more preferably 0.01 part by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the component A. Parts ~! Weight I Heavy (10), more preferably _ (Component M) The antioxidant may further contain (Component m) an antioxidant through the resin composition. The film thickness reduction due to decomposition may be reduced. In the antioxidant, the antioxidant may be, for example, a phosphorus antioxidant: = minus f. Zinc sulfite, a saccharide, a nitrite, a sulfite, an acid, an amine derivative, etc. Among these compounds, from In view of the above, it is preferable to use a mixture of two or more kinds of these compounds, and a commercially available product of a phenolic antioxidant, for example, Adekastab AO-60, may be mentioned. Adekastab AO-80 (above manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.) and Irganox 1098 (manufactured by Nippon Ciba Co., Ltd.). The content of the (Component M) antioxidant is preferably 〇_1 wt% to 6 wt〇/0, more preferably 〇.2 wt% to 5 wt%, with respect to all solids of the resin composition. It is 5.5 wt%~4 wt%. When it is in this range, sufficient transparency of the formed film can be obtained, and the sensitivity at the time of pattern formation also becomes good. Further, as an additive other than the antioxidant, a new expansion of the polymer additive (Nikkan Kogyo Shimbun Co., Ltd.), various ultraviolet absorbers or metal deactivators described in the above may be added to the resin composition of the present invention. (Component N) Plasticizer The resin composition of the present invention may further contain (Component N) a plasticizer. (Ingredient N) A plasticizer may, for example, be dibutyl phthalate, ortho-benzoate; Octyl ester, di(dodecyl) phthalate, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dimercapto glycerol o-didecanoate, dibutyl tartrate, dioctyl adipate, triethyl Mercaptotriol or the like. The content of the (component N) plasticizer in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably in the range of 1 part by weight based on the content of the component A. The part by weight is more preferably 1 part by weight to 10 parts by weight. (Component Ο) Thermal radical generating agent The resin composition of the present invention may further comprise (component 〇) thermal radical m in the presence of, for example, an ethylenically unsaturated double bond. For the compound 201243501 ethylenically unsaturated compound, it is preferred to contain (Component 〇) Thermal radical generator. A known thermal radical generator can be used as the thermal radical generator. The thermal radical generator generates radicals due to heat energy, thereby starting or promoting polymerization of the polymerizable compound. By adding a thermal radical generating agent, the obtained cured film may be made tougher and heat resistance and solvent resistance may be improved. Preferred examples of the thermal radical generating agent include aromatic ketones and rust salts. Compound, organic peroxide, thio compound, hexaaryldiimidazole compound, ketoxime compound, borate compound, azine rust compound, metallocene compound, active ester compound, compound having carbon tooth bond, azo A compound, a bibenzyl compound, etc. (Component 〇) The thermal radical generating agent may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds thereof. The content of the (component 〇) thermal radical generating agent in the resin composition of the present invention. From the viewpoint of improving the physical properties of the film, when the content of the component Α is 100 parts by weight, it is preferably 〇 part by weight to part by weight, more preferably 0.1 part by weight. The amount is preferably 20 parts by weight, and most preferably 5% by weight to 1 part by weight. (Component Ρ) Thermal acid generator The resin composition of the present invention may further contain (component Ρ) thermal acid generator. The agent is a compound which generates an acid due to heat, and the thermal decomposition point is preferably 13 (TC~25 (TC, more preferably 15 (rc~220. The compound of the range of 〇) is, for example, a sulfonic acid or a carboxylic acid which can be generated by heating. a compound of a low nucleophilic acid such as an acid or a disulfonimide. The resulting Ssl is a continuous acid having a pKa of 2 or less or an alkyl or aryl carboxylic acid substituted by an electron withdrawing group 201243501, The electron-withdrawing group may be a disulfonimide or the like. The electron-withdrawing group may be a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom or a haloalkyl group such as a trifluoromethyl group, a nitro group or a cyano group. Further, in the present invention, it is also preferred to use substantially An acid which does not generate an acid due to irradiation of exposure light, but which generates an acid due to heat. The molecular weight of the thermal acid generator is preferably 230 to 1, more preferably 230 to 800. The content of the thermal acid generator in the resin composition is preferably from 5 parts by weight to 20 parts by weight, particularly preferably from 1 part by weight to 15 parts by weight, per 100 parts by weight of the component A. (Component Q) Acid Proliferator The resin composition of the present invention can be used (component Q) for the purpose of improving the sensitivity. The acid-proliferating agent to be used in the present invention is a compound which can further generate an acid by an acid catalyst reaction to increase the acid concentration in the reaction system, and is a compound which stably exists in the absence of an acid. Such a compound can increase more than one St in a single reaction, so that the reaction proceeds to accelerate the reaction, and the generated acid itself induces self-decomposition. Therefore, the strength of the acid generated here is preferably an acid dissociation constant. The pKa is 3 or less, and particularly preferably 2 or less. Specific examples of the acid-proliferating agent include paragraphs 0016 to 0055 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 1 〇 〇 〇 〇 么 # 020 020 020 020 020 020 020 022 022 022 022 022 022 022 022 022 022 022 022 022 022 022 022 022 022 022 022 022 022 022 022 022 022 022 022 022 022 022 The compound described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei 9-512498, page 39, line 12 to page 47, line 2. The acid multiplying agent which can be used in the present invention is decomposed by an acid generated by an acid generator, and produces an acid having a pKa of 3 or less as follows.

S 62 201243501 甲磺酸、苯磺酸、三氟甲磺酸 物·氣乙酸、三氣乙酸 苯基膦酸等。 二==成考=’二光部與未 產生劑100重詈對(成分D)光酸 及·王片j ιυυ室里伤而吕優選為1〇重量份〜】 更優選為20重量份〜5〇〇重量份。 ,重里伤, (硬化物的製造方法) 硬錄的製私法,如料使用本發明 =曰、=的硬化物的製造方法則並無特別限制,= 至^依序包含步驟(a)〜步驟( 、 發明的硬化物的聲造方、去而'而且,由本 限制,可二i 仵的硬化物的形狀並無特別 為膜u ()步驟⑷的方法那樣 也可以是任意的形狀,還可以如後所述 那樣為圖案狀的硬化物: \a)塗布步驟’將本發明的樹脂組成物塗布於基板上; 劑;b)溶劑除去步驟’自所塗布的樹脂組成物中除去溶 U)熱處理步驟’對除去了溶劑的樹脂組成物進行熱 處理。 以下依序對各步驟加以說明。 &lt;塗布步驟(步驟(a)) &gt; 本發明的硬化物的製造方法優選包含(a)塗布步驟, 亦即將本發明的樹脂組成物塗布於基板上。 ^於步驟(a)中’優選將本發明的樹脂組成物塗布於規 疋的基板上’通過減壓及/或加熱(預焙)而除去溶劑,由 £ 63 201243501 此而形成所期望的乾燥塗膜。 可於本發明中使用的基板材料可列舉矽、二氧化矽 ^化:、氧化鋁、玻璃、玻璃_陶堯、氟化鎵、磷化銦、銅、、 鎳、鐵、鋼、銅-矽合金、包覆銦_錫氧化物的玻璃; 二的有機薄膜;含有金屬、半導體及絕緣 材枓的圖案化區域的任意基板等,但並不限定於該些 而在塗布樹脂組成物之前,於基板上實施供烤 乂驟以除去所吸㈣減。於基板上的 ^定’例如可使用狹縫塗布法、喷霧法、輕塗法、旋塗^ ΐίίΠίί。於為大型基板時,上述方法中優選狹 縫塗布法。此處所謂的大型基板是指各邊為h 以下的大小的基板。 )m &lt;溶劑除去步驟(步驟(b)) &gt; 本發明的硬化物的製造方法優選含有(b)溶劑除去+ 驟,亦即自所塗布的樹脂組成物中除去溶劑。 y 於步驟⑴中’優選利用減壓(真空)及/或加熱 =布的上述膜中除去溶劑而於基板上形成乾燥塗膜。加 …條件優選為於701〜1201:下進行30秒〜3〇〇秒左右。 本發明的樹脂圖案製造方法的形狀控制性良好,因此 適合用於製造溶劑除去後的膜厚為4 μηχ以上的厚 案。溶劑除去後的膜厚優選為4 μιη〜· μιη,特別優 4 μιη〜1〇〇 μιη。 &lt;熱處理步驟(步驟(c)) &gt; 本發明的硬化物的製造方法優選包含熱處理步驟(與 烤步驟),亦即雜去了義的飽旨域物進行熱處理。^S 62 201243501 Methanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, gas acetic acid, tri-gas acetic acid, phenylphosphonic acid, and the like. Two == Cheng Kao = 'Two light parts and unproduced agent 100 heavy 詈 Pair (Component D) Photoacid and · King piece j ιυυ room injury and Lu is preferably 1 part by weight ~] More preferably 20 parts by weight ~ 5 〇〇 by weight. , severely wounded, (manufacturing method of hardened material) The method of manufacturing the rigid recording method of the hard recording, such as the use of the present invention = 曰, = cured product is not particularly limited, = to ^ sequentially includes steps (a) ~ steps (The sound of the hardened material of the invention is changed, and the shape of the cured product of the invention may be any shape, and may be any shape as in the method of the step (4) of the film u (). A cured product in the form of a pattern as described later: \a) a coating step 'application of the resin composition of the present invention on a substrate; an agent; b) a solvent removal step 'removing the dissolution U from the applied resin composition) The heat treatment step 'heats the resin composition from which the solvent has been removed. The steps are described in order below. &lt;Coating Step (Step (a)) &gt; The method for producing a cured product of the present invention preferably comprises (a) a coating step of applying the resin composition of the present invention onto a substrate. ^ In step (a), 'preferably apply the resin composition of the present invention to a substrate of a standard' to remove the solvent by depressurization and/or heating (prebake), thereby forming the desired drying by £63 201243501. Coating film. The substrate material which can be used in the present invention may be ruthenium, ruthenium dioxide, aluminum oxide, glass, glass, ceramics, gallium fluoride, indium phosphide, copper, nickel, iron, steel, copper-bismuth. Alloy, glass coated with indium-tin oxide; organic film of two; any substrate containing a patterned region of metal, semiconductor, and insulating material, but not limited thereto, before coating the resin composition, A baking step is performed on the substrate to remove the absorbed (four) minus. For example, a slit coating method, a spray method, a light coating method, or a spin coating method can be used. In the case of a large substrate, a slit coating method is preferred among the above methods. The large substrate referred to herein means a substrate having a size of h or less on each side. m &lt; solvent removal step (step (b)) &gt; The method for producing a cured product of the present invention preferably contains (b) solvent removal + step, that is, removal of the solvent from the applied resin composition. y In the step (1), it is preferable to form a dry coating film on the substrate by removing the solvent from the above-mentioned film of reduced pressure (vacuum) and/or heating = cloth. The conditions of the addition are preferably carried out at 701 to 1201: for about 30 seconds to about 3 seconds. Since the resin pattern producing method of the present invention has good shape controllability, it is suitable for use in a thickness of 4 μηχ or more after the solvent removal. The film thickness after removal of the solvent is preferably 4 μm to 0.01 μm, particularly preferably 4 μm to 1 μm. &lt;Heat treatment step (Step (c)) &gt; The method for producing a cured product of the present invention preferably comprises a heat treatment step (and a baking step), that is, a heat treatment in which the impurities are removed. ^

S 64 201243501 通過進行熱處理而形成硬化膜。 熱處理溫度(烘烤溫度)優選為180〇c〜25〇 埶 理時間優選為30分鐘〜15〇分鐘。 .、、▲ 例如於使用包含(a-M)具有羧基或酚性羥基 解性基保護而成的殘基的單體單元與(山) 二 及/或,雜環丁基的單體單元的聚合物而作為成分二,二 =熱處理步财’單體單元(a_M) _的酸分解性魏 二而生賴基或雜躲,與縣基及 聯而可形成硬化膜。 乳滩%丁基父 而且’於使用(成分E)熱交聯劑 處理步驟中亦使(成分E)熱交聯劑進行熱交^於所述熱 (樹脂圖案製造方法) 的細旨目練造紐如果是㈣本發明的樹脂 依序包含步驟⑴〜步驟⑸的方法: ^ g j ^布步驟’將本發明的樹脂組成物塗布於基板上; 劑;〜贿去步驟’自所塗布_餘成物中除去溶 成彻活性紐將除去了溶獅樹脂組 組_水性顯料騎行了料的樹脂 處理⑸熱處理步驟,對進行了顯影的樹脂組成物進行熱 以下依序對各步驟加以說明。 65 201243501 &lt;塗布步驟(步驟(1)) &gt; 本發明的樹脂圖案製造方法優選包含(1)塗布步驟, 亦即將本發明的樹脂組成物塗布於基板上。 :^驟(1)疋與所述步驟(a)相同的步驟,優選的形 悲也相同。 、 &lt;溶劑除去步驟(步驟(2)) &gt; 本發明的樹脂圖案製造方法優選包含(2)溶劑除去步 驟’亦即自所塗布的樹脂組成物中除去溶劑。 步“(2)疋與所述步驟(b)相同的步驟,優選的形 態也相同。 &lt;曝光步驟(步驟(3)) &gt; 本發明的樹脂圖案製造方法優選包含(3)曝光步驟, 亦即利用活性光線將除去了溶劑的樹脂組成物曝光為圖案 狀。 於步驟(3)中,對設有乾燥塗膜的基板照射規定圖案 的活性光線。曝光可介隔掩模而進行,也可以直接描綠規 定圖案。 活性光線可優選使用具有波長為300 nm 以上 450 nm 以下的波長的活性光線。利用活性光線的曝光可使用低壓 水銀燈、高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈、化學燈、激光發生 裝置、LED光源等。 於使用水銀燈時,可優選使用具有g線(436 nm)、i 線(365 nm)、h線(405 nm)等波長的活性光線。於與激 光相比適於大面積曝光的方面而言,優選水銀燈。 於使用激光時,可適宜選擇波長而無特別限制地使用 66 201243501 各種激光。例如於固體(YAG)激光中使用343 nm、355 nm,於准分子激光中使用351 nm (XeF),另外於半導體 激光中使用375 nm、405 nm。其中,自穩定性、成本等方 面而言更優選355 nm、或405 nm。激光可1次或分數次 而對塗膜進行照射。 與水銀燈相比而言,於容易聚焦、且於曝光步驟中無 需圖案形成的掩模而降低成本的方面考慮,優選激光。 本發明中可使用的曝光裝置並無特別限制,市售的曝 光裝置可使用 Callisto (V Technology Co.,Ltd.製造)或 AEGIS (V Technology Co.,Ltd.製造)或 DF2200G (大日 本網屏股份有限公司製造)等。而且,還可以適宜使用上 述以外的裝置。 而且,還可以視需要通過如長波長截止濾波器、短波 長截止濾波器、帶通濾波器這樣的光譜濾波器而調整昭射 光。 ’’、、 、而^且,於所述曝光步驟後,可以在顯影步驟以前視需 要進行PEB (曝光後加熱處理)。於進行pEB時的溫度優 k為30 C以上130 C以下,更優選為4〇°c以上11〇。〇以下, 特別優選為5(TC以上90。〇以下。 C以下 &lt;顯影步驟(步驟(4)) &gt; 本發明_闕錄造核制包含⑷顯影步驟, f即利用水性顯影液對進行了料的樹脂組成物 衫0 於步驟⑷中’使时_影液進行顯影。 水性顯影液優選為祕顯觀,可於驗性顯影液中使S 64 201243501 A cured film is formed by performing heat treatment. The heat treatment temperature (baking temperature) is preferably from 180 〇 c to 25 Torr, and the aging time is preferably from 30 minutes to 15 minutes. . . . , ▲ For example, a polymer of a monomer unit containing (aM) a residue having a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group-protected group and a monomer unit of (2) and/or a heterocyclic butyl group is used as a polymer. Ingredients two, two = heat treatment step money 'monomer unit (a_M) _ acid decomposition of Wei two and raw lyophile or miscellaneous, and the county base and joint can form a hardened film. In the treatment step of the use of (Component E) thermal crosslinking agent, the thermal crosslinking agent of (Component E) is also subjected to heat transfer (the resin pattern manufacturing method). If the resin is (4) the resin of the present invention sequentially comprises the steps (1) to (5): ^ gj ^ cloth step 'coating the resin composition of the present invention on the substrate; agent; ~ bribe step 'self-coated The removal of the melt-forming activity of the product removes the resin treatment (5) heat treatment step of the lion resin group _ water-based material riding material, and the steps of the resin composition subjected to development are described below in the following order. 65 201243501 &lt;Coating step (Step (1)) &gt; The resin pattern producing method of the present invention preferably comprises (1) a coating step of applying the resin composition of the present invention onto a substrate. The procedure of (1) is the same as the step (a), and the preferred morphology is also the same. &lt;Solvent Removal Step (Step (2))&gt; The resin pattern production method of the present invention preferably comprises (2) a solvent removal step, i.e., removal of a solvent from the applied resin composition. Step "(2)" The same steps as in the step (b), the preferred embodiment is also the same. <Exposure step (Step (3)) &gt; The resin pattern manufacturing method of the present invention preferably comprises (3) an exposure step, That is, the resin composition from which the solvent has been removed is exposed to a pattern by active light. In the step (3), the substrate provided with the dried coating film is irradiated with a predetermined pattern of active light rays. The exposure can be performed by masking. It is possible to directly depict a green pattern. Active light can preferably use active light having a wavelength of 300 nm or more and 450 nm or less. Low-pressure mercury lamps, high-pressure mercury lamps, ultra-high pressure mercury lamps, chemical lamps, and laser generating devices can be used for exposure with active light. , LED light source, etc. When using a mercury lamp, it is preferable to use active light having a wavelength of g line (436 nm), i line (365 nm), h line (405 nm), etc., which is suitable for large-area exposure compared with laser light. In the aspect of the invention, a mercury lamp is preferred. When a laser is used, a wavelength can be appropriately selected without any particular limitation. 66 201243501 Various lasers, for example, in a solid (YAG) laser 343 nm, 355 nm, 351 nm (XeF) is used in the excimer laser, and 375 nm and 405 nm are used in the semiconductor laser. Among them, 355 nm or 405 nm is more preferable in terms of stability and cost. The laser beam can be irradiated to the coating film once or several times. In comparison with the mercury lamp, a laser beam is preferable in terms of easy to focus and a mask which does not require pattern formation in the exposure step, and is preferable in terms of cost. The exposure apparatus to be used is not particularly limited, and a commercially available exposure apparatus can be manufactured by Callisto (manufactured by V Technology Co., Ltd.) or AEGIS (manufactured by V Technology Co., Ltd.) or DF2200G (manufactured by Dainippon Screen Co., Ltd.). Further, it is also possible to use a device other than the above. It is also possible to adjust the illuminating light by a spectral filter such as a long wavelength cut filter, a short wavelength cut filter, or a band pass filter as needed. And after the exposure step, PEB (post-exposure heat treatment) may be performed as needed before the development step. The temperature at the time of pEB is preferably 30 C. 130 C or less, more preferably 4 〇 ° c or more and 11 〇. The following is particularly preferably 5 (TC or more and 90 Å or less. C or less &lt; development step (step (4)) &gt; Including (4) developing step, f is to use a water-based developing solution to process the resin composition of the shirt 0 in step (4) to develop the film. The aqueous developing solution is preferably a secret, which can be used in the developer. Make

S 67 201243501 用的鹼性化合物例如可使用氫氣化 卜卜 鉀等驗金屬氫氧化物類;碳酸納 氫氧化 類;碳酸氫鈉、碳酸氫鉀等驗金屬石炭^^金屬碳酸鹽 氧化銨、四乙基氫氧化銨、氫氧 ς / ’四曱基氫 酸納、偏石夕酸納等的水溶液?=膽2氫氧化錢類;石夕 的水溶液中適量添加有曱醇或乙 以將在上述鹼類 面活性劑的水溶液用作顯影^酉予專水溶性有機溶劑或表 顯影液的pH優選為ι〇.〇〜14 〇。 顯影時間優選為30秒〜ι80秒, =法、浸潰法、淋洛法等任意種。於顯^手優去^是 賴水録,從㈣朗敝的_進行 而且,本發明的樹脂圖案製造 5轉⑴⑼包含再曝光步驟,亦 H的基板進行再曝光,但優選不包含該步驟怖 的手光步鄉中的曝光,利用與所述曝光步輝相同 又進仃Ρ可,於所述再曝光步驟 》 成有樹脂組成物膜之侧進行整個面曝光。優L對基板的形 曝光步驟㈣料曝光^ _通-2〜Moo 〈熱處理步驟(步驟(5)) &gt; 烤牛賴賴賴造方法#選包含誠理步驟(扭 适進仃熱處理,可形成硬化膜。 通 掛收?驟1是使用經過所述步驟⑷的進行了顯〜 ’曰、且成物而代替除去了溶_樹馳成物,除此以g 68 1 201243501 所同物,優選的形態也相同。 且《ιΐ^明:脂成物可作為轉印材料而適宜地使用。 述=:=::=印材料而適宜地使用:所 示裝置的基板上或半導==::=印於顯 驟(1 )〜步驟(6,): y 撑體ΐ塗布翔,將本發日㈣概組絲塗布於臨時支 劑;⑺溶劑除去步驟’自所塗布的樹脂組成物中除去溶 組===驟’利用水性顯影液對進行了曝光的樹脂 處^。)、’處理步驟’對進行了顯影的樹脂組成物進行熱 &lt;塗布步驟(步驟(1,))&gt; 概随製造方法優選包含⑴塗布步驟, 亦即將本發_樹脂組成物塗布於科支撑體上。 步驟o’)是使用如下所示的臨時支撑體代替基板,除For the basic compound used in S 67 201243501, for example, hydrogenated potassium or the like can be used for the detection of metal hydroxides; sodium carbonate hydrogenation; sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate, etc., metal carbonate, metal carbonate, ammonium oxide, four Ethyl ammonium hydroxide, hydrazine hydrate / 'tetradecyl hydroxy acid sodium, sulphuric acid sodium, etc.? = biliary 2 hydrazine money; Shi Xi's aqueous solution added with sterol or B in the appropriate amount will be The aqueous solution of the above-mentioned alkali surfactant is preferably used as a developing water-soluble organic solvent or a surface developing solution, and the pH is preferably ι 〇 14 14 14 14 〇. The development time is preferably from 30 seconds to ι 80 seconds, and any of the methods such as the = method, the dipping method, and the leaching method. Yu Xian ^ excellent to go ^ is Lai Shui recorded, from (4) recited _ and the resin pattern of the present invention 5 turns (1) (9) contains a re-exposure step, also H substrate re-exposure, but preferably does not include this step The exposure in the hand step is performed in the same manner as the exposure step, and the entire surface exposure is performed on the side of the re-exposure step which is formed with the resin composition film. Excellent L-substrate shape exposure step (4) material exposure ^ _通-2~Moo <heat treatment step (step (5)) &gt; roast beef Lai Lai Lai method #Select contains honest steps (twisting heat treatment, can be Forming a cured film. The first step is to use the step (4) to perform the display of the product, instead of removing the dissolved-tree chimera, except for the same as g 68 1 201243501, The preferred embodiment is also the same. And "Immediately: the lipid product can be suitably used as a transfer material. The ===::= printing material is suitably used: on the substrate of the device shown or semi-conducted == ::=Printed in the step (1) to the step (6,): y 撑 ΐ ΐ , , , , , , , , 本 本 本 本 本 本 本 本 本 本 本 本 本 本 本 本 本 本 本 本 本 本 本 本 本 本 本 本 本 本 本 本 本In the middle of the removal of the solution group ===, the 'resin is exposed to the resin by the aqueous developer.'), the 'treatment step' is performed on the resin composition that has been developed, and the coating step (step (1)) is performed. The manufacturing method preferably includes (1) a coating step, that is, applying the present invention to the substrate. Step o') is to replace the substrate with a temporary support as shown below, except

69 201243501 此以外與所述步驟(a)相同的步驟’優選形態也相同。 臨時支撐體可使用聚酯、聚苯乙烯等公知的材料。其 中’自成本、耐熱性、尺寸穩定性的觀點考慮,優選進行 了雙軸延伸的聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯。 所述臨時支撑體的厚度優選為15 μηι〜2〇〇 μπι,更優 選為 30 μιη〜15〇 μηι。 〈溶劑除去步驟(步驟(2,))&gt; 本發明的樹脂圖案製造方法優選包含(2,)溶劑除去步 驟’亦即自所塗布的樹脂組成物中除去溶劑。 步驟(2')是與所述步驟(b)相同的步驟,優選形態 也相同。 &lt;轉印步驟(步驟(3’))&gt; 本發明的樹脂圖案製造方法優選包含(3,)轉印步驟, 亦即將除去了溶劑的樹脂組成物轉印於基板(永久支撑體) 所述轉印步驟優選包含:將除去了溶劑的樹脂組成物 貼合於基板(永久支撑體)上的步驟、以及自貼附於基板 上的樹脂組成物除去臨時支撑體的步驟。 除去了溶劑的樹脂組成物與基板的貼合例如可通過如 下方式而進行:利用加熱及/或加壓的輥或平板而進行壓接 或加熱壓接。 具體而言可列舉日本專利特開平7_11〇575號公 本專利特開平請42號公報、曰本專利特開 漏-334836號公報、日本專利特開細2_1487 ^ 所記載的層壓機及層壓方法,自低異物的觀點考慮,= 201243501 使用日本糊制平7_則575號公 去方法並無特別限制二 = 過如 使具有粘著層的粘著輥等與臨時支撑體接 &amp;付於土板上的樹脂組成物剝離臨時支撑體。作為 ==離,具體而言還可以對臨時 連續剝離,或者把持比單片式地分離的 土板更大出的臨時支撑體的端部而進行剝離。 ^為所述臨時支撑體的剝離方法’連續剝離優選列舉 日本專利特開2__297879號公報中所記載的方法,單片 剝離優選列舉日本專利特開謂-32G678號公報中所記載 的方法。 &lt;曝光步驟(步驟(4,))&gt; 本發明的樹脂圖案製造方法優選包含(4,)曝光步驟, 亦即利用活性光線而將所轉印的樹脂組成物曝光為圖案 狀。 步驟(4’)是使用經過所述步驟(3,)的進行了轉印的 樹脂組成物代替除去了溶劑的樹脂組成物,除此以外與所 述步驟(3)相同的步驟,優選形態也相同。 &lt;顯影步驟(步驟(5')) &gt; 本發明的樹脂圖案製造方法優選包含(5,)顯影步驟, 亦即利用水性顯影液對進行了曝光的樹脂組成物進行顯 影。 ’ 步驟(5')是與所述步驟(4)相同的步驟,優選形態 也相同。 &lt;熱處理步驟(步驟(6,))&gt; £ 71 201243501 明的樹脂圖案製造方法優選包含(6,)熱處理步 二二&quot;進行了顯影的樹脂組成物進行熱處理。通過進 灯熱處理,可形成硬化膜。 υ ^ ()疋與所述步驟(5 )相同的步驟憂選形態 也相同。 a# όΠΪ:6!樹脂組成物用作轉印材料而形成樹脂圖案 2010 7^58曰9;气製造方法還可以參照曰本專利特開 2〇10-72589 1虎公報等。 而且’於將本發明的樹驗成物用作轉印材且在 ^明,樹脂組成物中不含(成分D )光酸產生劑時,本 兔明的樹脂圖絲造方法優驗序包含賴步驟(1: 驟(2')Λ步驟Ο1)及步驟⑻。 (硬化物、光學部件) 者,硬化物如果是本發明的樹脂組成物硬化而成 、j並…、特別限制,優選為利用本發明的硬化物的製造 方法、或樹脂圖案製造方法而製造的硬化物。 而且,本發明的硬化物可適宜用作微透鏡、 光ϊ部件。而且,本發明的硬化物還可以適寬 巧觸&amp;面板巾所使用的配線電極的視認性減低 其中,可特別適宜用作微透鏡。 [實例] 其次,利用實例對本發明加以更具體的說明。 明並不限定於該歧實例。另外,口|、力右蛀y 於以下的合成例中,以下的縮寫分別表示以下的化合 72 1 201243501 物。 V-601 : 2,2’-偶氮雙(2_甲基丙酸)二甲酯 GMA: f基㈣軸水甘油醋 PGMEA:丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯 &lt;聚合物A1的合成&gt; 將如下化合物的混合溶液於氮氣流下加熱至7〇t:: 甲基丙烯酸四氫吱喃-2-基酯(63_2份(0,405摩爾當 量))、 甲基丙稀酸(8·2份(0.095摩爾當量))、 甲基丙稀酸(3-乙基氧雜環丁烷_3_基)甲酯份(〇 375 摩爾當量))、 曱基丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯(16·3份、(〇125摩_當量))、 及 丙二醇單曱醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)(120份)。 一面對該混合溶液進行攪拌,一面以3.5小時而滴加自 由基聚合引發劑V-601:2,2,-偶氮雙(2-曱基丙酸)二曱酯(和 光純藥工業股份有限公司製造、12.0份)及PGMEA (80 份)的混合溶液。於滴加結束後,於7(TC下進行2小時的 反應’由此而獲得聚合物A1的I&gt;GMEA溶液。進一步添 加PGMEA而調整為固形物濃度為40 wt0/〇。 所得的聚合物A1的利用凝膠滲透色譜儀(GPC)而測 定的重量平均分子量(Mw)為15,000。 &lt;聚合物A2〜聚合物A7、聚合物Α·1、聚合物A,2、 及聚合物B1〜聚合物B5的合成&gt; 將聚合物A1的合成中所使用的各單體變更為表1中所69 201243501 Other than the above step (a), the preferred embodiment is also the same. As the temporary support, a known material such as polyester or polystyrene can be used. Among them, from the viewpoint of cost, heat resistance, and dimensional stability, it is preferred to carry out biaxially extending polyethylene terephthalate. The thickness of the temporary support is preferably 15 μηη to 2 μm μm, more preferably 30 μm to 15 μm. <Solvent Removal Step (Step (2))&gt; The resin pattern production method of the present invention preferably comprises (2) a solvent removal step ‘that is, removing the solvent from the applied resin composition. Step (2') is the same step as step (b), and the preferred embodiment is also the same. &lt;Transfer Step (Step (3'))&gt; The resin pattern producing method of the present invention preferably comprises (3) a transfer step, that is, transferring the resin composition from which the solvent has been removed to the substrate (permanent support) The transfer step preferably includes a step of bonding the resin composition from which the solvent has been removed to the substrate (permanent support), and a step of removing the temporary support from the resin composition attached to the substrate. The bonding of the resin composition from which the solvent has been removed to the substrate can be carried out, for example, by pressure bonding or thermocompression bonding using a heated and/or pressurized roll or flat plate. Specifically, a laminating machine and lamination described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Method, from the viewpoint of low foreign matter, = 201243501 The use of Japanese paste flat 7_ then No. 575 is not particularly limited. 2. If an adhesive roller with an adhesive layer is attached to the temporary support, The resin composition on the soil plate peels off the temporary support. Specifically, it is also possible to peel off the temporary continuous peeling or to hold the end portion of the temporary support larger than the one-piece separated earth plate. ^ is a method of peeling off the temporary support, and the method described in the Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. 2-297879. &lt;Exposure Step (Step (4))&gt; The resin pattern production method of the present invention preferably comprises (4) an exposure step of exposing the transferred resin composition to a pattern by active light rays. The step (4') is the same as the step (3) except that the resin composition which has been transferred by the step (3) is used instead of the resin composition from which the solvent has been removed, and the preferred form is also the same. &lt;Developing Step (Step (5')) &gt; The resin pattern producing method of the present invention preferably comprises (5) a developing step of developing the exposed resin composition with an aqueous developing solution. The step (5') is the same step as the step (4), and the preferred embodiment is also the same. &lt;Heat treatment step (Step (6))&gt; £71 201243501 The resin pattern production method of the present invention preferably comprises (6, heat treatment step 22) and the resin composition subjected to development is subjected to heat treatment. A cured film can be formed by heat treatment of the lamp. υ ^ () 忧 The same steps as in the step (5) are also the same. a# όΠΪ: 6! The resin composition is used as a transfer material to form a resin pattern. 2010 7^58曰9; The gas production method can also be referred to the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2〇10-725891. Further, when the tree assay of the present invention is used as a transfer material and the resin composition does not contain the (component D) photoacid generator, the method of the resin pattern of the rabbit is included in the sample. Step (1: step (2'), step Ο1) and step (8). (hardened material, optical member), the cured product is hardened, and is particularly limited, and is preferably produced by the method for producing a cured product of the present invention or the method for producing a resin pattern. Hardened material. Further, the cured product of the present invention can be suitably used as a microlens or a diaphragm member. Further, the cured product of the present invention can be suitably used to reduce the visibility of the wiring electrode used in the panel towel, and it can be particularly suitably used as a microlens. [Examples] Next, the present invention will be more specifically described by way of examples. Ming is not limited to this example of discrimination. In addition, in the following synthesis examples, the following abbreviations indicate the following combinations 72 1 201243501. V-601 : 2,2'-azobis(2-methylpropionic acid) dimethyl ester GMA: f-based (tetra)-axis glycerol vinegar PGMEA: propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate &lt;synthesis of polymer A1&gt; A mixed solution of the following compound was heated under a nitrogen stream to 7 〇t:: tetrahydrofuran-2-yl methacrylate (63_2 parts (0,405 molar equivalents)), methyl acrylate (8·2 parts (0.095) Molar equivalent)), methyl methacrylate (3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methyl ester fraction (〇375 molar equivalent), 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (16·3 parts) , (〇 125 _ eq)), and propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate (PGMEA) (120 parts). While stirring the mixed solution, a radical polymerization initiator V-601: 2,2,-azobis(2-mercaptopropionic acid) dinonyl ester was added dropwise over 3.5 hours (Wako Pure Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.) Co., Ltd. manufactured, 12.0 parts) and PGMEA (80 parts) mixed solution. After completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was carried out at 7 (TC for 2 hours) to obtain the I&gt; GMEA solution of the polymer A1. Further, PGMEA was added to adjust the solid concentration to 40 wt0 / Torr. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) was 15,000. &lt;Polymer A2~Polymer A7, Polymer Α1, Polymer A, 2, and Polymer B1~ Polymerization Synthesis of the substance B5 &gt; Each monomer used in the synthesis of the polymer A1 was changed to the one shown in Table 1.

S 73 201243501 記載的形成各單體單元的單體,並將形成各單體單元的單 體的使用量變更為表1中所記載的使用量,除此以外與聚 合物A1的合成同樣地進行而分別合成聚合物A2〜聚合物 A7、聚合物A’l、聚合物A'2、及聚合物B1〜聚合物B5。 以成為表1中所記載的分子量的方式而分別調整自由基聚 合引發劑V-601的添加量。 74 201243501 J'a§(N寸In the same manner as in the synthesis of the polymer A1, the amount of the monomer in which each monomer unit is used is changed to the amount of use described in Table 1, and the amount of the monomer in each of the monomer units described in S 73 201243501 is changed. Further, a polymer A2 to a polymer A7, a polymer A'1, a polymer A'2, and a polymer B1 to a polymer B5 were synthesized. The amount of addition of the radical polymerization initiator V-601 was adjusted so as to have the molecular weights shown in Table 1. 74 201243501 J'a§ (N inch

Mw 〇 〇 V | 15,000 | | 15,000 | | 25,000 | 〇 o Λ 〇\ | 15,000 | | 15,000 | | 15,000 | 〇 o uo | 15,000 | o o | 15,000 | o | 15,000 | 單體單元 (a5) 摩爾比 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 40.5 | 37.5 | 1 1 1 1 1 種類 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MMA| |MMA| 1 1 1 1 1 摩爾比 1 12.5 1 in 1 12.5 | in 1 12-5 [ 1 12.5 I 1 12-5 | 1 12.5 I 〇 o 〇 〇 〇 種類 iHEMAl HEMA |HEMA| HEMA |HEMA HEMA |HEMA| |HEMA| |HEMA| PQ PQ u PQ 單體單元 U4) -Ο m 1 幽 1 o I 1 1 1 1 to in in 種類 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 tri OO 00 單體單元 (a3) 摩爾比 in 〇 〇\ o ο 〇 in On cK tT) o o o 〇 o 種類 MAA i MAA i MAA ί MAA MAA _ MAA MAA MAA MAA MAA 單體單元 (a2) 摩爾比 1 37.5 1 cn OO (N CN \ 37.5 I | 37.5 | | 37.5 I 1 o m cn m m 種類 1 OXE-30 | GMA | OXE-30 I | OXE-30 | I OXE-30 I GMA |AllylMA| I OXE-30 I 1 | OXE-30 I OXE-30 | | OXE-30 I OXE-30 | | OXE-30 | 單體單元 (al) 摩爾比 40.5 I o o 40.5 | 1 40.5 o o o o o 種類 | MATHF I iMAEVEl MATHF I MATHF I [HS-EVEl I t-BuMA I MATHF | 1 |MAEVE| IMAEVEl IMAEVEl IMAEVEl [MAEVEl ! MATHF | 聚合 物 t-H (N m &lt; 寸 &lt; c r- &lt; —A7— PQ &lt;N PQ m PQ 寸 PQ in PQ 201243501 另外,表1中所記載的量是摩爾比,表示源自於麵 欄中所記載的各單體的單體單元的共聚比。而且,表】中 的表示未使用該單體單元。 而且,表1中的縮寫如下所示。 MAEVE:甲基丙烯酸-丨-乙氧基乙酉旨 MATHF:甲基丙烯酸四氫呋喃基酯 GMA:曱基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯 OXE-30:甲基丙稀酸(3_乙基氧雜環丁院_3_基)甲醋(大 阪有機化學工業股份有限公司製造)Mw 〇〇V | 15,000 | | 15,000 | | 25,000 | 〇o Λ 〇\ | 15,000 | | 15,000 | | 15,000 | 〇o uo | 15,000 | oo | 15,000 | o | 15,000 | Monomer (a5) Molar Ratio 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 40.5 | 37.5 | 1 1 1 1 1 Type 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MMA| |MMA| 1 1 1 1 1 Molar ratio 1 12.5 1 in 1 12.5 | in 1 12-5 [ 1 12.5 I 1 12-5 | 1 12.5 I 〇o 〇〇〇 kind iHEMAl HEMA |HEMA| HEMA |HEMA HEMA |HEMA| |HEMA| |HEMA| PQ PQ u PQ monomer unit U4) -Ο m 1 幽1 o I 1 1 1 1 to in in Category 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 tri OO 00 Monomer unit (a3) Molar ratio in 〇〇\ o ο 〇in On cK tT) ooo 〇o Type MAA i MAA i MAA ί MAA MAA _ MAA MAA MAA MAA MAA Monomer unit (a2) Molar ratio 1 37.5 1 cn OO (N CN \ 37.5 I | 37.5 | | 37.5 I 1 om cn mm Type 1 OXE-30 | GMA | OXE-30 I | OXE -30 | I OXE-30 I GMA | AllylMA| I OXE-30 I 1 | OXE-30 I OXE-30 | | OXE-30 I OXE-30 | | OXE-30 | Monomer (al) Molarity 40.5 I oo 40.5 | 1 40.5 ooooo Species | MATHF I iMAEVEl MATHF I MATHF I [HS-EVEl I t-BuMA I MATHF 1 |MAEVE| IMAEVEl IMAEVEl IMAEVEl [MAEVEl ! MATHF | Polymer tH (N m &lt; inch &lt; c r- &lt; —A7 — PQ &lt;N PQ m PQ inch PQ in PQ 201243501 In addition, in Table 1 The amount described is a molar ratio and represents the copolymerization ratio of the monomer unit derived from each monomer described in the face column. Moreover, the table indicates that the monomer unit is not used. Moreover, the abbreviations in Table 1 are as follows. MAEVE: Methacrylic acid-丨-ethoxyethyl hydrazine MATHF: tetrahydrofuranyl methacrylate GMA: glycidyl methacrylate OXE-30: methyl acrylate (3_ethyl oxetane _3 _ base) methyl vinegar (made by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)

St :苯乙烯 HEMA .甲基丙稀酸_2_經基乙g旨 MAA :曱基丙稀酸 MMA :曱基丙烯酸甲酯 t-BuMA:曱基丙烯酸三級丁酯 HS-EVE:下述化合物(4-(1_乙氧基)乙氧基苯乙烯)St : Styrene HEMA . Methyl acrylate _2 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Compound (4-(1-ethoxy)ethoxystyrene)

AllylMA :曱基丙烯酸烯丙酯 A ··壬基苯基-聚氧乙烯鏈加成物丙烯酸酯 (共榮社化學股份有限公司製造、商品名為Light acrylate NP-4EA) B:甲氧基聚乙二醇甲基丙烯酸酯 (日本油脂股份有限公司製造、商品名為Blemmer PME-400 ) C :辛氧基聚乙二醇聚丙二醇單甲基丙烯酸酯(曰本油 脂股份有限公司製造、商品名為Blemmer 50AOEP-800B) 76 201243501AllylMA: allyl methacrylate A ·· nonylphenyl-polyoxyethylene chain adduct acrylate (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name Light acrylate NP-4EA) B: methoxy polymerization Ethylene glycol methacrylate (manufactured by Nippon Oil & Fat Co., Ltd., trade name: Blemmer PME-400) C: Octyloxy polyethylene glycol polypropylene glycol monomethacrylate (manufactured by Sakamoto Oil Co., Ltd., trade name For Blemmer 50AOEP-800B) 76 201243501

〇 vCH3 ch3 (分散液的調製) 調合表2組成的分散液,將其與氧化鍅珠(〇 3 mm(p) 150重量份混合’使用塗料振蕩機而進行9小時的分散。 過濾分離氧化錯珠(0.3 mmcp),分別獲得分散液qi及分 散液Q2。 另外’關於分散液Q2,未進行分散而僅僅將表2中所 記載的成分加以混合而攪拌。〇vCH3 ch3 (Preparation of dispersion) The dispersion of the composition of Table 2 was blended and mixed with cerium oxide beads (150 parts by weight of 〇3 mm (p)' for 9 hours using a paint shaker. The beads (0.3 mm cp) were respectively obtained as a dispersion liquid qi and a dispersion liquid Q2. Further, regarding the dispersion liquid Q2, only the components described in Table 2 were mixed and stirred without dispersion.

而且,所使用的TTO-51C (石原産業股份有限公司製 造)的平均一次粒徑是11 nm,而且,NanoUse OZ-S30K-AC (曰産化學工業股份有限公司製造)的平均一次粒徑為18 nm 〇 £ 77 201243501 [表2] 成分 分散液Q1 TTO-51C (石原産業股份有限公司製造的Τι〇2粒子) 18.8 DISPERBYK111 (BYKChemie公司製造的分散劑) 6.90 PGMEA 49.3 合計(重量份) 75.00 成分 分散液Q2 NanoUse OZ-S30K-AC (日産化學工業股份有限公司製造的 22.5 氧化結粒子) ............. PGMEA 49.3 合計(重量份) 71.8 (感光性材料液的調製) 將下述表3及表4所示的各成分加以混合而製成均勻 的溶液後’使用具冑〇.2 μιη #孔隙尺寸的聚乙婦制過滤器 而進行過濾,分別調製感光性材料液(感光液)。 78 201243501 J-aISCN寸 【ε&lt;〕In addition, the average primary particle diameter of TTO-51C (manufactured by Ishihara Sangyo Co., Ltd.) is 11 nm, and the average primary particle size of NanoUse OZ-S30K-AC (manufactured by Seiko Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) is 18 Nm 〇 £ 77 201243501 [Table 2] Component Dispersion Q1 TTO-51C (Τι〇2 particles manufactured by Ishihara Sangyo Co., Ltd.) 18.8 DISPERBYK111 (Dispersant manufactured by BYKChemie Co., Ltd.) 6.90 PGMEA 49.3 Total (parts by weight) 75.00 Dispersion of ingredients Liquid Q2 NanoUse OZ-S30K-AC (22.5 Oxide particles manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.) ............. PGMEA 49.3 Total (parts by weight) 71.8 (Modulation of photosensitive material liquid) After mixing the components shown in the following Tables 3 and 4 to obtain a uniform solution, the filter was prepared by using a poly-tose filter having a pore size of 2 μmη# to prepare a photosensitive material. Liquid (photosensitive solution). 78 201243501 J-aISCN inch [ε&lt;]

表面活性劑 10.025 | 10.025 1 10.025 1 10.025 | 0.025 | 0.025 | 10.025| 0.025 | \ 0.025 | 0.025 0.025 | 0.025 | 10.025 | 10.025 | | 0.025 | | 0.025 | | 0.025| | 0.025 1 種類 r~H r—H K-l t—H H &lt; &lt; r—H 1 ( h-l H H v-1 r-H μ-Ι 1 ( ί—H ㈡ r—H H 驗性化合物 0.0026 | 1 0.0026 1 | 0.0026 ! ;0.0026 ;0.0026 0.0026 | 0.0026 | | 0.0026 | | 0.0026 | | 0.0026 | | 0.0026 | | 0.0026 | | 0.0026 | | 0.0026 | | 0.0026 | | 0.0026 | | 0.0026 | | 0.0026 | i種類 a 3 &lt;N a S a 2 Φ1 0.028 0.028] 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 10.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 種類 1 Η r ·Η ^Ή T—M T—H t—H 1 &lt; t—( i—H t—H i—H H 密接劑 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 種類 1 &quot;Η r _ H τ· i t—H r—H r—H ΐ H t—H r-H t 1 H r—H i H t—^ 5 增感劑 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.59 1 0.59 1 1 1 1 1 ! 1 1 種類 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 s 1 s 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 交聯劑 h^oi u^oj Ll^oJ U.20 U.20 1-20 Ll2〇J U-2〇i U-2〇 U^oJ U^〇J LL2〇J U.20—— U^ol U_20 U^〇J |l.2〇| 種類 τ—^ w w ω H w T—4 w H w r—H m w t 1 w r-H W w t-H PQ &gt; H r-H w T—( W w r-H ω 蝴1 π ♦1 0.59 0.59 0.59] 0-59 0.59 0.59 0.59 0.59 0.59J 0.59 1 10.59 0.59 0.59 0.59 0.59 0.59 0.59 1 種類 Q Q Q r-H Q r-H Q 1™H Q Q (N Q m Q 寸 Q 1 r-H Q r-H Q H Q Q H Q Q i-H Q 溶劑 | 29.10 | I 29.10 I 29.10 1 (29.10 I I 29.10 I I 29.10 I I 29.10 1 | 29.10」 I 29.10 I | 29.10 I | 29.10 | I 29.10 I | 29.10 | I 29.10 ! 29.10 ! I 29.10 1 29.10 | | 29.10 種類 H U r-H u t—H i-H 〇 r-H U r-H U r-H U r-H 〇 U r-H U r-H U r-H u r~H U H U U U t—H U r—H U 聚合物 68.10 68.10 68.10 68.10 68.10 68.10 68.10 68.10 68.10 68.10 _.10 68.10 ^8.10 68.10 ^8.10 (68.10 _.10 68.10 種類 i-H &lt; (N &lt; m &lt;i 寸 &lt; &lt;Τϊ c &lt; &lt; c t—H c &lt; i—1 PQ (N PQ m CQ 寸 PQ PQ t—H &lt; A,2| 感光 液 1 ( m 2 卜 oo a\ R10 R—ljJ R12 R13 R14 R15 R16 &lt;NSurfactant 10.025 | 10.025 1 10.025 1 10.025 | 0.025 | 0.025 | 10.025| 0.025 | \ 0.025 | 0.025 0.025 | 0.025 | 10.025 | 10.025 | | 0.025 | | 0.025 | | 0.025| | 0.025 1 Type r~H r-H Kl t—HH &lt;&lt; r—H 1 ( hl HH v-1 rH μ-Ι 1 ( ί—H (b) r—HH test compound 0.0026 | 1 0.0026 1 | 0.0026 ! ;0.0026 ; 0.0026 0.0026 | 0.0026 | 0.0026 | | 0.0026 | | 0.0026 | | 0.0026 | | 0.0026 | | 0.0026 | | 0.0026 | | 0.0026 | | 0.0026 | | 0.0026 | | 0.0026 | i kind a 3 &lt;N a S a 2 Φ1 0.028 0.028] 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 10.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 Type 1 Η r ·Η ^Ή T—MT—H t—H 1 &lt; t—( i—H t—H i—HH Bonding agent 0.90 0.90 0.90 0. 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 ^ 5 Sensitizer 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.59 1 0.59 1 1 1 1 1 ! 1 1 Type 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 s 1 s 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Crosslinker h^oi u^oj Ll^oJ U.20 U.20 1-20 Ll2〇J U-2〇i U-2〇U^oJ U^〇J LL2〇J U. 20—— U^ol U_20 U^〇J |l.2〇| Type τ—^ ww ω H w T—4 w H wr—H mwt 1 w rH W w tH PQ &gt; H rH w T—( W w rH ω Butterfly 1 π ♦1 0.59 0.59 0.59] 0-59 0.59 0.59 0.59 0.59 0.59J 0.59 1 10.59 0.59 0.59 0.59 0.59 0.59 0.59 1 Type QQQ rH Q rH Q 1TMHQQ (NQ m Q inch Q 1 rH Q rH QHQQHQQ iH Q Solvent | 29.10 | I 29.10 I 29.10 1 (29.10 II 29.10 II 29.10 II 29.10 1 | 29.10) I 29.10 I | 29.10 I | 29.10 | I 29.10 I | 29.10 | I 29.10 ! 29.10 ! I 29.10 1 29.10 | 29.10 species HU rH ut-H iH 〇rH U rH U rH U rH 〇U rH U rH U rH ur~HUHUUU t-HU r-HU polymer 68.10 68.10 68.10 68.10 68.10 68.10 68.10 68.10 68.10 68.10 _.10 68.10 ^8.10 68.10 ^8.10 (68.10 _.10 68.10 kind iH &lt; (N &lt; m &lt;i inch &lt;&lt;Τϊ c &lt;&lt; ct-H c &lt; i-1 PQ (N PQ m CQ inch PQ PQ t—H &lt; A, 2| Photosensitive liquid 1 ( m 2 Bu oo a\ R10 R—l jJ R12 R13 R14 R15 R16 &lt;N

6L 2012435016L 201243501

JaISCN寸 【寸&lt;】JaISCN inch [inch &lt;]

表面活性劑 I 0.025 I 0.025 I 0.025 I 0.025 I 0.025 0.025 1 0.025 Ι 1 0.025 I | 0.025 | 緦黩 H r-H h-1 r-H r~H 1-Η h-1 • 4 η-) 厂Η n-Ι r—i t—H 1 驗性化合物 0.0026 0.0026 I 0.0026 0.0026 0.0026 1 0.0026 1 1 0.0026 Ι CN 〇 o 0.0026 a S Ρ a S | 0.028 I 1 0.028 I I 0.028 I I 0.028 I 1 0.028 1 1 0.028 1 1 0.028 I 1 0.028 I 0.028 緦黩 i-H γ·Η r-H ι··Η —Η i-H r—H 密接劑 o 冢 o o o Ο C7\ Ο Ο Ον Ο Ο ΟΝ Ο o 〇 O &gt;—&gt; t—i τ—Η &gt;-&gt; τ-Η r-H •—3 增感劑 φΐ 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 緦黩 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 ±i φ! CN V£) &lt;N 寸· (N 寸 &lt;N 寸· (Ν ν〇 寸· CN ν〇 寸· &lt;Ν ν〇 寸 &lt;N V〇 寸 CN 寸 K- ^ 種類 PH (N m 2 1¾ 1¾ r-H &lt;N 交聯劑 1 d|®i (N i—H (N t~H (N 1—H &lt;N 1 &lt; &lt;Ν Η (Ν ι i &lt;Ν I i CN &lt;N r—H #1 m 'ΓΓ W ϊ—H W w ω ι i W f ·Α ω Ξ r—^ w ϊ—H W 光酸產生 劑 φΐ 〇\ &lt;T) o 〇\ yn O G\ in 〇 σ\ ^Τ) Ο m ο α\ m ο σ\ ο σ\ in O 〇\ wo O #1 m Q Q Q Q Q Q τΉ Q Q Q 溶劑 1_ Φ1 in iT) 寸· 寸 寸 寸 寸· 寸 寸· 寸 寸 M m r*H ϋ i-H 〇 U 1—Η U τ—Η U τ-Η ι—Η υ r-H U 聚合物 寸 CN 寸 寸 寸 ri 寸 r4 寸 寸 &lt;Ν 寸 寸 &lt;Ν 寸 寸 CN 寸 寸 &lt;N 寸 寸 猶髅 ττν ^mS r-H c &lt; »—H &lt; t-H &lt; τ-Η &lt; (Ν &lt; &lt;Ν &lt; f-H 1 &lt; &lt; 感光 液 r-H oo o\ 2 Ο 2 τ-Η 2 &lt;Ν 2 m S 寸 2 CN 201243501 另外,表3及表4中的量的單位為重量份。 而且,表3及表4中的縮寫如下所示。 C1 :丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯 D1 :利用下述合成方法而合成的肟磺酸鹽化合物 D2 : α-(對曱苯磺醯氧基亞氨基)苯基乙腈(合成方法如 下所述) D3 : CGI1397 (下述化合物、汽巴精化有限公司製造) D4 : 4,7-二正丁氧基-1-萘基四氫噻吩鑌三氟甲磺酸鹽 El : JER157S65 (三菱化學股份有限公司製造、環氧當 量為 200 g/eq〜220 g/eq) HI : 9,10-二丁氧基蒽(DBA) J1 : 3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三曱氧基矽烷(KBM-403、信 越化學工業股份有限公司製造)Surfactant I 0.025 I 0.025 I 0.025 I 0.025 I 0.025 0.025 1 0.025 Ι 1 0.025 I | 0.025 | 缌黩H rH h-1 rH r~H 1-Η h-1 • 4 η-) Factory Η n-Ι r-it-H 1 test compound 0.0026 0.0026 I 0.0026 0.0026 0.0026 1 0.0026 1 1 0.0026 Ι CN 〇o 0.0026 a S Ρ a S | 0.028 I 1 0.028 II 0.028 II 0.028 I 1 0.028 1 1 0.028 1 1 0.028 I 1 0.028 I 0.028 缌黩iH γ·Η rH ι··Η—Η iH r—H Adhesive agent o 冢ooo Ο C7\ Ο Ο Ον Ο Ο ΟΝ Ο o 〇O &gt;—&gt; t—i τ—Η &gt ;-&gt; τ-Η rH •—3 sensitizer φΐ 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 缌黩1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 ±i φ! CN V£) &lt;N inch · (N Inch &lt;N inch · (Ν ν〇 inch · CN ν〇 inch · &lt;Ν ν〇 inch &lt;NV〇 inch CN inch K- ^ type PH (N m 2 13⁄4 13⁄4 rH &lt;N crosslinker 1 d |®i (N i—H (N t—H (N 1—H &lt;N 1 &lt;&lt; Ν Η (Ν ι i &lt;Ν I i CN &lt;N r—H #1 m 'ΓΓ W ϊ—HW w ω ι i W f ·Α ω Ξ r—^ w ϊ—HW Photoacid generator φΐ 〇\ &lt;T) o 〇\ yn OG\ in 〇σ\ ^Τ) Ο m ο \ m ο σ\ ο σ\ in O 〇\ wo O #1 m QQQQQQ τΉ QQQ Solvent 1_ Φ1 in iT) Inch · inch inch inch · inch inch · inch inch M mr*H ϋ iH 〇U 1—Η U τ—Η U τ-Η ι—Η υ rH U polymer inch CN inch inch inch ri inch r4 inch inch&lt;Ν inch inch&lt;Ν inch inch CN inch inch&lt;N inch inch 髅ττν ^mS rH c &lt; »—H &lt; tH &lt; τ-Η &lt; (Ν &lt;&lt;Ν&lt; fH 1 &lt;&lt; photographic liquid rH oo o\ 2 Ο 2 τ-Η 2 &lt;Ν 2 m S inch 2 CN 201243501 In addition, Table 3 and Table 4 The unit of the amount in the weight is part by weight. Moreover, the abbreviations in Tables 3 and 4 are as follows. C1: propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate D1: an oxime sulfonate compound D2 synthesized by the following synthesis method: α-(p-toluenesulfonyloxyimino)phenylacetonitrile (synthesis method is as follows) D3 : CGI1397 (The following compound, manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd.) D4 : 4,7-Di-n-butoxy-1-naphthyltetrahydrothiophene trifluoromethanesulfonate El: JER157S65 (Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd. Manufactured, epoxy equivalent: 200 g/eq to 220 g/eq) HI: 9,10-dibutoxyanthracene (DBA) J1: 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxy decane (KBM-403, Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)

Kl : 1,5-二氮雜雙環[4.3.0]-5-壬烯 K2 :三苯基咪唑 L1 :如下所示的化合物W-3Kl : 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]-5-nonene K2 : triphenylimidazole L1 : compound W-3 shown below

CGI1397 81 201243501CGI1397 81 201243501

〇C4Hg DBA〇C4Hg DBA

20 wt% 8〇 wt°/〇 Mw : 1,500 W-3 &lt;D1的合成法&gt; 於2-萘紛(10 g)、氯苯(30 mL)的懸浮溶液中添力口 氯化鋁(10.6 g:)、2_氯丙醯氯(10.1 g},將混合液加丄』 40°C而進行2小時的反應。於冰冷下、反應液中滴加州 水溶液(60 mL),添加乙酸乙酯(50 mL)而進行分液。 於有機層中加入碳酸鉀(19.2 g),於40°C下進行i小時的 反應後,添加2N HC1水溶液(60 mL)而進行分液,將有 機層濃縮後’用二異丙鱗(1 OmL )將結晶再襞化,進行過 滤、乾燥而獲得酮化合物(6.5 g)。 於所得的酮化合物(3.0 g)、曱醇(30 mL)的懸浮溶 液中添加乙酸(7_3g)、50%羥胺水溶液(8.0 g)而進行加 熱回流。放置冷却後’加入水(50 mL)而過遽所析出的 結晶’用冷甲醇進行清洗後,加以乾燥而獲得肟化合物(2.4 S: 82 201243501 g)。 於=所得的肟化合物(L8g)溶解於丙酮(2〇mL)中, 升ί冷I添加三乙基胺(1.5g)、對曱苯顧氯U.4g), 至室溫而使其反應丨小時。於反應液中添加水(5〇 )’過濾所析出的結晶後’利用甲醇(2〇mL)進行再漿 ’進行過濾、乾燥而獲得Dl (2.3 g)。 、另外,D1 的1H-NMR 光譜(300 MHz、CDC13)是 δ f 8.3 (d,1Η),8.0 (d,2Η),7.9 (d, 1Η),7.8 (d,1Η),7.6 (dd, =,7.4 (dd, 1H),7.3 (d,2H),7.1 (d. 1H),5.6 (q,1H),2.4 (s, X 1.7 (d,3H)。 &lt; D2的合成法&gt; 依照日本專利特表2002-528451號公報的段落0108中 所5己載的方法而合成α_(對甲苯磺醯氧基亞氨基)苯基乙 騰。 [表5] Θ爯 樹脂的種類 樹脂的詳細 鹼不溶性 F1 環氧樹脂 EPICLONN-695 (DIC 股份有 限公司製造) 不溶 F2 環氧樹脂 EPICLONHP-4700 (DIC 股份 有限公司製造) 不溶 Ρ3 環氧樹脂 JER1031S (三菱化學股份有限 公司製造) 不溶 ^4 丙烯酸類樹脂 參照下述結構 不溶 丙嫦酸類樹脂 參照下述結構 不溶 丙烯酸類樹脂 參照下述結構 溶解 4 丙烯酸類樹脂 參照下述結構 溶解 £ 83 20124350120 wt% 8〇wt°/〇Mw : 1,500 W-3 &lt;Synthesis of D1&gt; Add aluminum chloride in a suspension solution of 2-naphthalene (10 g) and chlorobenzene (30 mL) 10.6 g:), 2_chloropropionyl chloride (10.1 g}, the mixture was added to the mixture) and reacted at 40 ° C for 2 hours. Under ice cooling, a California aqueous solution (60 mL) was added to the reaction solution, and acetic acid B was added. The ester was added to the organic layer (50 mL). Potassium carbonate (19.2 g) was added to the organic layer, and the reaction was carried out at 40 ° C for 1 hour, and then 2N HCl aqueous solution (60 mL) was added to carry out liquid separation to separate the organic layer. After concentration, the crystals were re-deuterated with diisopropyl scale (1 OmL), filtered and dried to obtain a ketone compound (6.5 g). A suspension solution of the obtained ketone compound (3.0 g), decyl alcohol (30 mL) Acetic acid (7_3g) and 50% aqueous hydroxylamine solution (8.0g) were added and heated and refluxed. After cooling, 'water (50 mL) was added and the crystals precipitated by hydrazine were washed with cold methanol and dried to obtain hydrazine. Compound (2.4 S: 82 201243501 g). The obtained hydrazine compound (L8g) was dissolved in acetone (2 〇mL), liters of cold I added triethylamine (1.5 g), Yue Gu benzene chloride U.4g), reaction was allowed to room temperature Shu hours. Water (5 Torr) was added to the reaction mixture, and the precipitated crystals were filtered, and then re-pulped with methanol (2 mL), filtered and dried to obtain D1 (2.3 g). In addition, the 1H-NMR spectrum of D1 (300 MHz, CDC13) is δ f 8.3 (d, 1 Η), 8.0 (d, 2 Η), 7.9 (d, 1 Η), 7.8 (d, 1 Η), 7.6 (dd, =, 7.4 (dd, 1H), 7.3 (d, 2H), 7.1 (d. 1H), 5.6 (q, 1H), 2.4 (s, X 1.7 (d, 3H). &lt; Synthesis of D2 &gt; The α-(p-toluenesulfonyloxyimino)phenyl ethidium was synthesized according to the method described in paragraph 5108 of JP-A-2002-528451. [Table 5] Types of the resin Resin details Alkali-insoluble F1 Epoxy Resin EPICLONN-695 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) Insoluble F2 Epoxy Resin EPICLONHP-4700 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) Insoluble Ρ3 Epoxy Resin JER1031S (Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd.) Insoluble ^4 Acrylic The resin is referred to the following structure insoluble propionate-based resin. Reference is made to the following structure insoluble acrylic resin. The following structure is dissolved. 4 Acrylic resin is dissolved in the following structure. £ 83 201243501

另外,上述F4、F5、F,1及Ρ2中的括號右下的數字表 示摩爾比。 &lt;成分F的驗溶解性的評價&gt; 關於表5中所記載的所使用的成分ρ,分別製作 PGMEA &gt;谷液。研究將各溶液塗布於基板上,於9〇〇c下進 行2分鐘的加熱而形成的成分F的塗膜(厚4^m)相對於 23 C的2_38 wt%ra甲基氫氧化銨水溶液的溶解速度。溶解 速度不足0.01 μιη/sec時判斷為“驗不溶性,,,於〇 〇1 gm/sec 以上時判斷為“鹼溶解性' 將結果示於表5中。 (感光性樹脂組成物的調製) 依照表6,將感光性材料液(感光液)與分散液加以混 合而製成均勻的溶液後’使用具有〇 2μιη的孔隙尺寸的聚 乙烯制過_而進行縣,分別調製感光性樹脂組成物。 分別使用所得的感光性樹脂組成物,分別進行以下的評 £ 84 201243501 價。另外,表6中量的單位為重量份。其中,關於實例15 中所使用的R11,並非感光性樹脂組成物,而是熱硬化型 樹脂組成物。 將結果示於表7中。 s 85 201243501 [表6] 感光液 分散液 種類 量 種類 量 實例1 R1 30 Q1 19 實例2 R2 30 Q1 19 實例3 R3 30 Q1 19 實例4 R4 30 Q1 19 實例5 R5 30 Q1 19 實例6 R6 30 Q1 19 實例7 R7 30 Q1 19 實例8 R8 30 Q1 19 實例9 R9 30 Q1 19 實例10 R10 30 Q1 19 實例11 R1 30 Q1 23 實例12 R1 30 Q1 16 實例13 R3 30 Q2 19 實例14 R3 30 Q2 23 實例15 R11 30 Q1 19 實例16 R12 30 Q1 19 實例17 R13 30 Q1 19 實例18 R14 30 Q1 19 實例19 R15 30 Q1 19 實例20 R16 30 Q1 19 實例21 R14 30 Q2 19 實例22 R17 30 Q1 19 實例23 R18 30 Q1 19 實例24 R19 30 Q1 19 實例25 R20 30 Q1 19 實例26 R21 30 Q1 19 實例27 R22 30 Q1 19 實例28 R23 30 Q1 19 實例29 R24 30 Q1 19 實例30 R25 30 Q1 19 比較例1 R'l 30 Q2 19 比較例2 R'2 30 Q2 19 比較例3 R1 30 - - 86 201243501 (1)感光度的評價 將感光性樹脂組成物狹縫塗布於具有氧化矽膜的矽片 上後’於的熱板上進行12〇秒的雜㈣成膜厚為15 μιη的塗膜。 其次,,用1線步進機(佳能股份有限公司製造的 ΡΡΑ’ΟΟβ)’介隔20 μηι的線與間隙的掩模而進行曝 光。於,,上、50。〇下進行6〇秒的加熱後,利用2 38%的 四甲基氫氧化銨水溶液而於23t:下進行6〇秒的利用液池 ,的顯影’進-步以超純水進行45秒的沖洗。將利用該些 操作而以1 : 1析像20 μιη的線與間隙時的曝光量(E 最佳曝光量)作為感光度。 1 . Eopt 不足 50 mJ/cm2 2 : Eopt 為 50 mJ/cm2 以上且不足 15〇 mJ/cm2 3 : Eopt 為 150 mj/cm2 以上 優選感光度南者,1或2是實用的範圍。 (2)析像度的評價 將感光性樹脂組成物狹縫塗布於具有氧化石夕膜的石夕片 上二其次,於9(TC下的熱板上以⑽秒將溶劑除去而形成 膜厚為10 μιη的塗膜。 人’,用1線步進機(佳能股份有限公司製造的 FPA_300015 )而介隔線與間隙1 : 1的掩模而進行最佳曝 光量的曝光。於熱板上、耽下進行⑼秒的加熱。 。其次,利用2.38 wt%的四甲基氫氧化銨水溶液而於 23C下進行6G秒的·液池法的顯影,進—步以超純水進 行45秒的沖洗。使用超高壓水銀燈而以3n ^ s 87 201243501 140°C下進行3〇 的加熱而獲得圖 線進行測定)進行曝光,其次於烘箱中、 分鐘的加熱,其次於220°C下進行3〇分鐘 案。以光學顯微鏡對該圖案進行觀察。 自掩模的線與間隙的寬度為10 μπι而開始該操作, 寬度每次縮小1 μιη ’將能夠很好地製作圖案的最小 j 為析像度。 、a作 1 :析像度不足5 μιη 2 :析像度為5 μιη以上且不足1〇 μπι 3 :析像度為10 μηι以上 (3) 圖案的形狀評價 將感光性樹脂組成物狹縫塗布於玻璃基板上。其欠 於90°C的熱板上以12〇秒將溶劑除去而形成膜厚為如人_ 的塗膜。 其次,使用水銀燈曝光機(佳能股份有限公司掣造的 MPAsp-H750),介隔線與間隙1 : i的間隙寬度為仞 的掩模而進行最佳曝光量的曝光。於熱板上、5〇。〇下進行 60秒的加熱。其次,利用2.38 wt%的四甲基氫氧化銨水、容 液而於23Ϊ下進行6〇秒的利用祕法的顯影,進一步以 超純水進行45秒的沖洗。 於烘箱中以230。〇進行60分鐘的加熱,然後利用電子 顯微鏡觀察圖案的形狀。 另外,圖案的形狀優選成為菱角被消除而圓滑的形狀。 (4) 鉛筆硬度的評價(機械强度評價) 於玻璃基板上狹縫塗布樹脂組成物。其次,於9〇。〇的 熱板上以120秒將溶劑除去而形成膜厚為2〇 μηι的塗膜。 201243501 使用超高壓水銀燈而以樣m2 (以丨線而進行測 進行曝光,其次於烘箱中、23(TC下進行6〇 獲得整體膜的硬化膜。 旳加熱而 而測定鉛筆硬 對所得的硬化膜,依照JIS K5600-5-4 度。優選鉛筆硬度硬者。 1 : 5H以上(硬)Further, the numbers in the lower right of the brackets in the above F4, F5, F, 1 and Ρ2 indicate the molar ratio. &lt;Evaluation of Solubility of Component F&gt; With respect to the component ρ used in Table 5, PGMEA &gt; The coating film (thickness 4 μm) of the component F formed by applying each solution to the substrate and heating at 9 ° C for 2 minutes was studied with respect to the 2 -38 wt% aqueous solution of methyl ammonium hydroxide of 23 C. Dissolution rate. When the dissolution rate was less than 0.01 μm/sec, it was judged to be "insoluble, and it was judged to be "alkali solubility" when it was 1 gm/sec or more. The results are shown in Table 5. (Preparation of photosensitive resin composition) According to Table 6, a photosensitive material liquid (photosensitive liquid) and a dispersion liquid were mixed to prepare a uniform solution, and then a polyethylene having a pore size of 〇2 μm was used. In the prefecture, a photosensitive resin composition is separately prepared. The obtained photosensitive resin composition was used to carry out the following evaluation of 84 84,043,501. In addition, the unit of the amount in Table 6 is a part by weight. Among them, R11 used in Example 15 is not a photosensitive resin composition but a thermosetting resin composition. The results are shown in Table 7. s 85 201243501 [Table 6] Photosensitive liquid dispersion type Quantity type Example 1 R1 30 Q1 19 Example 2 R2 30 Q1 19 Example 3 R3 30 Q1 19 Example 4 R4 30 Q1 19 Example 5 R5 30 Q1 19 Example 6 R6 30 Q1 19 Example 7 R7 30 Q1 19 Example 8 R8 30 Q1 19 Example 9 R9 30 Q1 19 Example 10 R10 30 Q1 19 Example 11 R1 30 Q1 23 Example 12 R1 30 Q1 16 Example 13 R3 30 Q2 19 Example 14 R3 30 Q2 23 Example 15 R11 30 Q1 19 Example 16 R12 30 Q1 19 Example 17 R13 30 Q1 19 Example 18 R14 30 Q1 19 Example 19 R15 30 Q1 19 Example 20 R16 30 Q1 19 Example 21 R14 30 Q2 19 Example 22 R17 30 Q1 19 Example 23 R18 30 Q1 19 Example 24 R19 30 Q1 19 Example 25 R20 30 Q1 19 Example 26 R21 30 Q1 19 Example 27 R22 30 Q1 19 Example 28 R23 30 Q1 19 Example 29 R24 30 Q1 19 Example 30 R25 30 Q1 19 Comparative Example 1 R' l 30 Q2 19 Comparative Example 2 R'2 30 Q2 19 Comparative Example 3 R1 30 - - 86 201243501 (1) Evaluation of sensitivity After the slit of the photosensitive resin composition was applied onto the ruthenium film having the ruthenium oxide film, On the hot plate, a 12-second (4) film with a film thickness of 15 μm was formed. Next, exposure was carried out by using a 1 line stepper (ΡΡΑ'ΟΟβ制造 manufactured by Canon Inc.) to interpose the line and gap mask of 20 μm. Yu,, on, 50. After heating for 6 seconds in the armpit, using a 2 38% aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide and performing a 6-second use of the liquid pool at 23 t:, the development was carried out in ultrapure water for 45 seconds. rinse. The exposure (E optimal exposure amount) at a line and a gap of 1:1 with a resolution of 1:1 was used as the sensitivity. 1 . Eopt less than 50 mJ/cm2 2 : Eopt is 50 mJ/cm2 or more and less than 15〇 mJ/cm2 3 : Eopt is 150 mj/cm2 or more. Sensitivity is preferred in the south, and 1 or 2 is a practical range. (2) Evaluation of resolution The slit of the photosensitive resin composition was applied to the Shixi tablet having the oxidized stone film, and the solvent was removed by a solvent on the hot plate at 9 (TC) for (10) seconds. 10 μιη of coating film. People's, using a 1-line stepper (FPA_300015 manufactured by Canon Inc.) to expose the line with a gap of 1: 1 for optimum exposure exposure. On the hot plate, The underarm was heated for (9) seconds. Secondly, the development was carried out by using a 2.38 wt% aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide at 23 C for 6 g seconds, and the bath was further washed with ultrapure water for 45 seconds. Using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp and heating at 3 n ^ s 87 201243501 at 140 ° C to obtain a line for measurement), followed by exposure in an oven, heating in minutes, followed by 3 minutes at 220 ° C. case. The pattern was observed with an optical microscope. The operation is started from the width of the line and the gap of the mask of 10 μπι, and the width is reduced by 1 μηη each time. The minimum j which can be well patterned is the resolution. , a is 1 : resolution is less than 5 μηη 2 : resolution is 5 μmη or more and less than 1 μπι 3 : resolution is 10 μηι or more (3) Shape evaluation of the pattern Slit coating of the photosensitive resin composition On the glass substrate. The solvent was removed by a hot plate at 90 ° C for 12 seconds to form a coating film having a film thickness of, for example, a human. Next, using a mercury lamp exposure machine (MPAsp-H750 manufactured by Canon Co., Ltd.), an exposure of an optimum exposure amount was performed by a mask having a gap width of 介 between the spacer and the gap 1: i. On the hot plate, 5 〇. The underarm is heated for 60 seconds. Next, development was carried out by using a 2.38 wt% of tetramethylammonium hydroxide water and a solution at 23 Torr for 6 sec., and further rinsing with ultrapure water for 45 seconds. In the oven to 230. The crucible was heated for 60 minutes, and then the shape of the pattern was observed using an electron microscope. Further, it is preferable that the shape of the pattern is a shape in which the water chestnut is eliminated and rounded. (4) Evaluation of pencil hardness (mechanical strength evaluation) A resin composition was slit-coated on a glass substrate. Second, at 9 〇. The solvent was removed on a hot plate of ruthenium for 120 seconds to form a coating film having a film thickness of 2 μm. 201243501 Using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, the sample was measured with m2 (measured by a twist line, followed by an oven, 23 (6 at TC to obtain a cured film of the integral film. 旳 heating to measure the pencil hard to obtain the cured film) According to JIS K5600-5-4 degrees. It is preferable that the pencil hardness is hard. 1 : 5H or more (hard)

2 : 3H〜4H 3 : 2H以下(柔軟) (5)折射率的評價 使用旋轉器將表6的樹脂組成物塗布於矽片基板上, 於8(TC下進行120秒的乾燥,由此而形成厚〇 5 ^的膜,。 使用超咼壓水銀燈以3〇〇 mJ/cm2 (以i線而進行測定)對 該基板進行曝光,其後於烘箱中、22叱下進行⑼分 加熱。 使用橢偏儀VUV-VASE ( j. a. Woollam峋⑽c〇,心 裝造)而測定硬化膜於589 nm中的折射 示於表7中。優選折射率高者,更優選為17以上^果 &lt;未曝光部的殘膜率的評價&gt; 利用旋塗機將表6的感光性樹脂組成物塗布於1〇〇 mmxlOOmm的玻璃基板(商品名為XG、康寧公司製造) 亡以使膜厚成為,於赃的熱板上進行㈣秒的乾 燥(預培 &gt; 其次,利用2.38%的四曱基氫氧化錄水溶液而 於23 C下對賴品進行⑼秒的烟液池法的顯影,進一 步以超純水進行1G秒的沖洗。其後,進―步測定膜厚,由 此而求出將原來的膜厚(i 〇 μιη)設為1〇〇%時的顯影後的 89 201243501 殘膜率。評價基準如下所示。 1 :殘膜率為90%以上 2 :殘膜率為80%以上且不足90% 3 :殘膜率不足80% 將結果示於表7中。 可知通過添加驗不溶性的成分F’從而使未曝光部的殘 膜率提高。 &lt;耐溶劑性的評價&gt; 利用旋塗機將表6的感光性樹脂組成物塗布於1〇〇 mmxlOOmm的玻璃基板(商品名為xg、康寧公司製造) 上以使膜厚成為4 μιη,於90°C的熱板上進行120秒的乾 餘(預培)。使用超南壓水銀燈以300 mJ/cm2 (以i線而進 行測定)而對該基板進行曝光,其後於烘箱中、22〇°c下進 4亍60分鐘的加熱。 。其次,將該基板於NMP (N-甲基吡咯烷g同)溶劑中、 4〇°C下進行3分鐘的浸潰,其後用超純水進行iq秒的沖 洗。其後,通過目視而評價膜減少或膜面狀。評價基準妒 下所示。 、 1 :完全未發現膜減少。 2:發現稍微的膜減少。 3 :膜減少大,且還發現表面粗糙。 201243501 [表η 感光度 析像度 圖案的形狀 鉛筆硬 度 折射率 未曝光 部殘膜 率 耐溶劑 性 實例1 1 1 凸型且圓滑 1 1.91 2 1 實例2 1 1 凸型且圓滑 1 1.90 2 1 實例3 1 1 凸型且圓滑 1 1.93 2 1 實例4 1 1 凸型且圓滑 1 1.97 2 1 實例5 1 1 凸型且圓滑 1 2.01 2 1 實例6 2 1 凸型且圓滑 1 1.89 2 1 實例7 1 1 凸型且圓滑 1 1.90 2 1 實例8 1 1 凸型且圓滑 1 1.90 2 1 實例9 1 1 凸型且圓滑 1 1.90 2 1 實例10 2 1 凸型且圓滑 1 1.90 2 1 實例11 1 1 凸型且圓滑 1 1.98 2 1 實例12 1 1 凸型且圓滑 2 1.81 2 1 實例13 1 1 凸型且圓滑 1 1.71 2 1 實例14 1 1 凸型且圓滑 1 1.75 2 1 實例15 - - - 1 1.91 - 1 實例16 1 1 凸型且圓滑 1 1.90 2 1 實例17 1 1 凸型且圓滑 1 1.89 2 1 實例18 1 1 凸型且圓滑 1 1.89 2 1 實例19 1 1 凸型且圓滑 1 1.88 2 1 實例20 1 1 凸型且圓滑 1 1.91 2 1 實例21 1 1 凸型且圓滑 1 1.74 2 1 實例22 1 1 凸型且圓滑 1 1.85 1 1 實例23 1 1 凸型且圓滑 1 1.85 1 1 實例24 1 1 凸型且圓滑 1 1.85 1 1 實例25 1 1 凸型且圓滑 1 1.85 1 2 實例26 1 1 凸型且圓滑 2 1.85 1 1 實例27 1 1 凸型且圓滑 1 1.84 1 1 實例28 1 1 凸型且圓滑 2 1.84 1 1 實例29 1 1 凸型且圓滑 1 1.85 1 1 實例30 1 1 凸型且圓滑 1 1.85 1 1 比較例1 X X X 2 1.65 2 1 比較例2 1 3 熱流動而填埋空隙 3 1.69 2 3 比較例3 1 1 凸型且圓滑 2 1.51 1 1 91 201243501 西另外,表7中的“x”是表示無法形成圖案,因此不能評 饧。而且,表7中的是表示樹脂組成物為熱硬化型的樹 脂組成物,因此未進行評價。 根據表7中所示的評價結果可知:於使用月亏續酸鹽化 合物作為光酸產生劑時,感光度更高。 而且可知:於使用具有羧基或酚性羥基被酸分解性基 保護而成的殘基作為脫離基的單體單元時,感光度更高。 另外可知:如果是含有粒子的樹脂組成物,則所得的 1 =更硬。而且可知:如果是具有交聯性基的成分A, 則所得的硬化物更硬。 物金:且,進一步根據實例可知:包含具有脫離基的聚合 子的本發明的樹脂組成物的折射率高。另一方面, 例1及比較例3可知:當不存在脫離基與粒子的 考時,折射率均無太大提高。 【圖式簡單說明】 無 【主要元件符號說明】 無 922 : 3H to 4H 3 : 2H or less (soft) (5) Evaluation of refractive index The resin composition of Table 6 was applied onto a ruthenium substrate using a rotator, and dried at 8 (TC for 120 seconds). A film having a thickness of 5 Å was formed, and the substrate was exposed to light at 3 〇〇 mJ/cm 2 (measured by i-line) using an ultra-pressurized mercury lamp, followed by heating (9) in an oven at 22 Torr. The ellipsometer VUV-VASE (ja Woollam(10)c〇, heart-made) was used to measure the refraction of the cured film at 589 nm. It is shown in Table 7. Preferably, the refractive index is higher, more preferably 17 or more. Evaluation of Residual Film Rate of Part: The photosensitive resin composition of Table 6 was applied to a glass substrate (trade name: XG, manufactured by Corning Incorporated) of 1 mm×100 mm by a spin coater to reduce the film thickness. Drying on a hot plate for (four) seconds (pre-peering) Next, using a 2.38% aqueous solution of tetradecyl hydroxide to carry out the development of the liquid pool method of (9) seconds at 23 C, further ultrapure The water was rinsed for 1 G seconds. Thereafter, the film thickness was further measured to determine the original film thickness (i 〇μιη) The residual film ratio of 89 201243501 after development at 1〇〇%. The evaluation criteria are as follows: 1 : Residual film rate is 90% or more 2: Residual film rate is 80% or more and less than 90% 3 : The residual film ratio is less than 80%. The results are shown in Table 7. It is understood that the residual film ratio of the unexposed portion is improved by adding the insoluble component F'. <Evaluation of Solvent Resistance> Table 6 by spin coater The photosensitive resin composition was applied to a glass substrate (trade name: xg, manufactured by Corning Incorporated) of 1 mm×100 mm to have a film thickness of 4 μm, and dried on a hot plate at 90° C. for 120 seconds. The substrate was exposed to light at 300 mJ/cm 2 (measured by i-line) using a super-South mercury lamp, and then heated in an oven at 22 ° C for 4 亍 60 minutes. The substrate was immersed in NMP (N-methylpyrrolidine g) solvent at 4 ° C for 3 minutes, and then rinsed with ultrapure water for iq seconds. Thereafter, the film was visually evaluated. Reduced or film-like. The evaluation criteria are shown below. 1 : No film reduction was found at all. 2: A slight film reduction was observed. 3 : The reduction is large, and the surface roughness is also found. 201243501 [Table η Photosensitive resolution pattern shape Pencil hardness Refractive index Unexposed portion Residual film rate Solvent resistance Example 1 1 1 Convex and smooth 1 1.91 2 1 Example 2 1 1 Convex and sleek 1 1.90 2 1 Example 3 1 1 Convex and sleek 1 1.93 2 1 Example 4 1 1 Convex and smooth 1 1.97 2 1 Example 5 1 1 Convex and sleek 1 2.01 2 1 Example 6 2 1 Convex And sleek 1 1.89 2 1 Example 7 1 1 Convex and sleek 1 1.90 2 1 Example 8 1 1 Convex and sleek 1 1.90 2 1 Example 9 1 1 Convex and sleek 1 1.90 2 1 Example 10 2 1 Convex and smooth 1 1.90 2 1 Example 11 1 1 Convex and smooth 1 1.98 2 1 Example 12 1 1 Convex and smooth 2 1.81 2 1 Example 13 1 1 Convex and smooth 1 1.71 2 1 Example 14 1 1 Convex and sleek 1 1.75 2 1 Example 15 - - - 1 1.91 - 1 Example 16 1 1 Convex and smooth 1 1.90 2 1 Example 17 1 1 Convex and smooth 1 1.89 2 1 Example 18 1 1 Convex and smooth 1 1.89 2 1 Example 19 1 1 Convex and smooth 1 1.88 2 1 Example 20 1 1 Convex and sleek 1 1.91 2 1 Example 21 1 1 Convex and sleek 1 1.74 2 1 Real 22 1 1 Convex and smooth 1 1.85 1 1 Example 23 1 1 Convex and smooth 1 1.85 1 1 Example 24 1 1 Convex and smooth 1 1.85 1 1 Example 25 1 1 Convex and smooth 1 1.85 1 2 Example 26 1 1 Convex and smooth 2 1.85 1 1 Example 27 1 1 Convex and smooth 1 1.84 1 1 Example 28 1 1 Convex and smooth 2 1.84 1 1 Example 29 1 1 Convex and sleek 1 1.85 1 1 Example 30 1 1 Convex Type and smooth 1 1.85 1 1 Comparative Example 1 XXX 2 1.65 2 1 Comparative Example 2 1 3 Heat flow and landfill gap 3 1.69 2 3 Comparative Example 3 1 1 Convex and smooth 2 1.51 1 1 91 201243501 West, Table 7 The "x" in the middle means that the pattern cannot be formed, so it cannot be judged. Further, in Table 7, the resin composition was a thermosetting type resin composition, and therefore it was not evaluated. According to the evaluation results shown in Table 7, it was found that the sensitivity was higher when the monthly derivative compound was used as the photoacid generator. Further, it has been found that when a monomer having a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group protected by an acid-decomposable group is used as a monomer unit of a leaving group, the sensitivity is higher. Further, it is understood that if it is a resin composition containing particles, the obtained 1 = is harder. Further, it is understood that if it is the component A having a crosslinkable group, the obtained cured product is harder. Gold: Further, it is understood from the examples that the resin composition of the present invention containing a polymer having a leaving group has a high refractive index. On the other hand, in Example 1 and Comparative Example 3, it was found that the refractive index did not increase much when there was no separation of the radical and the particles. [Simple diagram description] None [Main component symbol description] None 92

Claims (1)

201243501 七、申請專利範圍: L 一種樹脂組成物,其特徵在於包括: ασ(成分A)包含(a-l)具有由於酸及/或熱而脫離的基 的單體單元與(a-2)具有交聯性基的單體單元的聚合.物; (成分B)粒子;以及 (成分C)溶劑。 2. 如申睛專利範圍第丨項所述的樹脂組 (成分ϋ)光酸產生劑。 灵匕括 3. 如申請專利範圍第丨項所述的樹脂組成物, (成分E)熱交聯劑。 更包括 其中所 其中所 其中所 其中所 、=如申凊專利範圍第1項所述的樹脂組成物, (成分F )驗不溶性樹脂。 、5八如申凊專利範圍第4項所述的樹脂組成物, 述成分F是具有交聯性基的鹼不溶性樹脂。 、+、At申請專利範圍第5項所述的樹脂組成物, 述成刀F具有環氧基作為交聯性基。 、十、布7八專利範圍第4項所述的樹脂組成物, 遂成刀F疋環氧樹脂或丙烯酸類樹脂。 述ΑΓ//專利範圍第1項所述的樹脂組成物,所 ui ιΛί 酸及/或熱而脫離的基的單體單2 單體單元、。有縣或祕減猶分解錄«的殘基^ 述二2^專利範圍第1項所述的樹脂組成物,复中, )具有交聯性基的單體單元是( ,、中所 及/或虱雜環丁基的單體單元。 -有環氧基 93 s 201243501 ιο·如申請專利範圍第1項所述 分Β是無機粒子。 ㈣其中成 請專利範圍第1〇項所述的樹脂組成物 所述無機粒子是金屬氧化物粒子。 /、 所二二=項所述的樹脂組成物,其中 光瓣1項所述的樹脂組成物,其是感 14. 如申請專利範圍第β所述的樹脂組成物,其是正 型感光性樹脂組成物。 15. 如申請專利範圍第j項所述的樹脂組成物,其是光 干部件用樹脂組成物。 16. -種硬化物的製造方法,其特徵在於至少依序包含 步驟(a)〜步驟(c): (a) 塗布步驟,將如申請專利制第丨項所述的樹脂 組成物塗布於基板上; (b) 溶劑除去步驟’自所塗布的樹脂組成物中除去溶 劑;以及 (c) 熱處理步驟’對除去了溶劑的樹脂組成物進行熱 處理。 一種樹脂圖案製造方法,其特徵在於至少依序包含 步驟(1)〜步驟(5): U)塗布步驟’將如申請專利範圍第1項所述的樹脂 組成物塗布於基板上; (2)溶劑除去步驟,自所塗布的樹脂組成物中除去溶 S 94 201243501 Ο)曝光步驟, 成物曝光為圖案狀; (4 )顯影步驟, 組成物進行顯影;以及 利用活性紐將除去了㈣的樹脂組 利用水性顯影液對進行了曝光的樹脂 處理。 (5)熱處理步驟,對進行了顯影的樹脂組成物進行熱 18. —種硬化物,其特徵在於.利用如申請專利範圍第 16項所述的硬化物的製造方法或者如申請專利範圍第π 項所述的樹脂圖案製造方法而獲得。 19. 一種光學部件,其特徵在於:利用如申請專利範圍 第16項所述的硬化物的製造方法或者如申請專利範圍第 口項所述的樹脂圖案製一法而獲付。 S 95 201243501 四、指定代表圖: (一) 本案之指定代表圖:無 (二) 本代表圖之元件符號簡單說明: 益 五、本案若有化學式時,請揭示最能顯示發明特徵 的化學式: 無201243501 VII. Patent application scope: L A resin composition characterized by comprising: ασ (component A) comprising (al) a monomer unit having a group desorbed due to acid and/or heat and (a-2) having an intersection Polymerization of a monomer unit of a linking group; (ingredient B) particles; and (ingredient C) a solvent. 2. A resin group (component ϋ) photoacid generator as described in the scope of the patent application. 3. The resin composition as described in the scope of the patent application, (Component E) thermal crosslinking agent. Further, among them, the resin composition as described in claim 1 of the patent application, (component F) is an insoluble resin. The resin composition as described in claim 4, wherein the component F is an alkali-insoluble resin having a crosslinkable group. The resin composition according to the fifth aspect of the invention, wherein the knives F have an epoxy group as a crosslinkable group. The resin composition described in Item 4 of the Patent No. 4, pp. 7-8, 遂成刀F疋 epoxy resin or acrylic resin. The resin composition according to the first aspect of the invention, wherein the resin composition is a monomeric monovalent monomer unit of the group which is ui ι Λ acid and/or thermally removed. There is a residue of the county or the secret decomposing «There is a resin composition described in item 1 of the patent range, and the monomer unit having a crosslinkable group is (,, and Or a monomer unit of a heterocyclic butyl group. - An epoxy group 93 s 201243501 ιο· The bifurcation is an inorganic particle as described in the first item of the patent application. (4) The resin described in the first paragraph of the patent scope The composition of the inorganic particles is a metal oxide particle. The resin composition according to the item 2, wherein the resin composition described in the light curtain 1 is a feeling 14. The resin composition of the present invention is a resin composition as described in claim j, which is a resin composition for a light-drying member. And characterized in that at least step (a) to step (c) are sequentially included: (a) a coating step of applying the resin composition as described in the application of the patent application to the substrate; (b) solvent removal step Removing the solvent from the applied resin composition; and (c) heat treatment Step 'heat treatment of the solvent-removed resin composition. A resin pattern manufacturing method characterized by at least sequentially including steps (1) to (5): U) a coating step 'will be as in claim 1 The resin composition is applied to the substrate; (2) the solvent removing step, removing the soluble S 94 201243501 from the applied resin composition, exposing the film to a pattern; (4) developing step, composition Development is carried out; and the resin group from which (4) has been removed by the active bond is treated with an exposed resin by an aqueous developer. (5) a heat-treating step of heat-treating the resin composition to be developed, using a method of producing a cured product according to claim 16 or applying the patent scope π The resin pattern manufacturing method described in the item is obtained. An optical component obtained by the method for producing a cured product according to claim 16 or the method for producing a resin pattern as described in the section of the patent application. S 95 201243501 IV. Designated representative map: (1) Designated representative figure of the case: None (2) Simple description of the symbol of the representative figure: Benefit 5: If there is a chemical formula in this case, please disclose the chemical formula that best shows the characteristics of the invention: no
TW101115233A 2011-04-27 2012-04-27 Resin composition, manufacturing method of cured object, manufacturing method of resin pattern, cured object and optical member TWI533090B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2011099825 2011-04-27
JP2011204711 2011-09-20
JP2011247513A JP5566988B2 (en) 2011-04-27 2011-11-11 Resin composition, method for producing cured product, method for producing resin pattern, cured product and optical member

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201243501A true TW201243501A (en) 2012-11-01
TWI533090B TWI533090B (en) 2016-05-11

Family

ID=47054351

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW101115233A TWI533090B (en) 2011-04-27 2012-04-27 Resin composition, manufacturing method of cured object, manufacturing method of resin pattern, cured object and optical member

Country Status (3)

Country Link
KR (1) KR101890633B1 (en)
CN (1) CN102759859B (en)
TW (1) TWI533090B (en)

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI637236B (en) * 2012-10-26 2018-10-01 富士軟片股份有限公司 Photosensitive resin composition, cured product and method for fabricating the same, method for fabricating resin pattern, cured film, organic electroluminescence display apparatus, liquid crystal display apparatus and touch panel display apparatus
JPWO2014126033A1 (en) * 2013-02-12 2017-02-02 富士フイルム株式会社 Manufacturing method of cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device, organic EL display device, and touch panel display device
JPWO2014126034A1 (en) * 2013-02-14 2017-02-02 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition for inkjet coating, heat-treated product and manufacturing method thereof, resin pattern manufacturing method, liquid crystal display device, organic EL display device, touch panel and manufacturing method thereof, and touch panel display device
JPWO2014136922A1 (en) * 2013-03-08 2017-02-16 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, cured product and production method thereof, resin pattern production method, cured film, liquid crystal display device, organic EL display device, and touch panel display device
KR101702510B1 (en) * 2013-09-06 2017-02-03 제일모직 주식회사 The method for manufacturing photosensitive resin film and photosensitive resin film manufactured by the same method
WO2015060190A1 (en) * 2013-10-21 2015-04-30 学校法人東海大学 Method for manufacturing optical waveguide
WO2016136454A1 (en) * 2015-02-25 2016-09-01 Dic株式会社 Curable composition, cured product thereof, and optical member
JPWO2018003808A1 (en) * 2016-06-30 2019-04-18 東レ株式会社 Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured film, element provided with cured film, display device provided with element, and organic EL display

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4185245B2 (en) * 2000-12-26 2008-11-26 富士フイルム株式会社 Negative photosensitive thermosetting colored resin composition, transfer material using the same, and image forming method
AU2002233644B2 (en) * 2001-02-19 2006-09-28 Jsr Corporation Radiation sensitive refractive index changing composition
EP1724640B1 (en) * 2004-03-12 2015-11-18 Toray Industries, Inc. Positive light-sensitive resin composition and relief pattern using the same
KR101345177B1 (en) * 2006-07-06 2013-12-26 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Optical sheet, method for producing optical sheet, and liquid crystal display backlight unit
JP5158370B2 (en) * 2008-02-14 2013-03-06 信越化学工業株式会社 Double pattern formation method
JP5254650B2 (en) * 2008-03-28 2013-08-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, light-shielding color filter, method for producing the same, and solid-state imaging device
KR101757797B1 (en) * 2009-05-01 2017-07-14 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Positive-type photosensitive resin composition, and method for formation of cured film using the same
CN102472964B (en) * 2009-09-29 2013-08-07 东丽株式会社 Positive photosensitive resin composition, cured film obtained using same, and optical device
JP5425031B2 (en) * 2009-10-16 2014-02-26 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, method for forming cured film, cured film, organic EL display device, and liquid crystal display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN102759859B (en) 2017-10-24
KR20120121850A (en) 2012-11-06
KR101890633B1 (en) 2018-08-22
TWI533090B (en) 2016-05-11
CN102759859A (en) 2012-10-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW201243501A (en) Resin composition, manufacturing method of cured object, manufacturing method of resin pattern, cured object and optical member
JP5623896B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for forming cured film, cured film, organic EL display device, and liquid crystal display device
JP5451570B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for forming cured film, cured film, organic EL display device, and liquid crystal display device
US10108091B2 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, pattern formation method, and etching method
JP5616871B2 (en) Positive photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured product, method for producing resin pattern, cured product, and optical member
JP5715967B2 (en) Positive photosensitive resin composition, method for forming cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device, and organic EL display device
JP5846622B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, method for forming cured film, organic EL display device, and liquid crystal display device
TWI550352B (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for forming curable film, curable film, organic electroluminescence device, and liquid crystal display device
JP5492812B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, method for forming cured film, organic EL display device, and liquid crystal display device
TW201140249A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film and method of producing the same, organic EL display device, and liquid crystal display device
TW201214031A (en) Color filter for low temperature applications
JP5566988B2 (en) Resin composition, method for producing cured product, method for producing resin pattern, cured product and optical member
JP5744694B2 (en) Positive photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured product, method for producing resin pattern, cured product, and optical member
JP5530787B2 (en) Positive photosensitive resin composition and cured film forming method using the same
TWI481963B (en) Cured film forming composition for liquid crystal display element and method for forming cured film using the same
JP5528230B2 (en) Positive photosensitive resin composition, method for forming cured film, cured film, organic EL display device, and liquid crystal display device
JP5517860B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for forming cured film, cured film, organic EL display device, and liquid crystal display device
JP2011221495A (en) Positive photosensitive resin composition, method for forming curing film, curing film, liquid crystal display apparatus and organic el display apparatus
TWI477913B (en) Positive photosensitive resin composition for electronic component, hardened film and method for manufacturing the same, and display device
JP2009203344A (en) Thermosetting resin composition, method for producing color filter protective film, and color filter protective film
JP5753434B2 (en) Chemical amplification type positive photosensitive composition, method for forming cured film, cured film
JP5546567B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, organic EL display device and liquid crystal display device